Tokyo Summit 2 Full Text Book Part 2

TOKYO SUMMIT-2
2nd International Conference on

Innovative Studies of Contemporary Sciences
I
August 17-19, 2020 Tokyo Japan
Edited by
The Book of Full Texts
Dr. Dr. Froilan D. Mobo

Zhuldyz SAKHI
Applied Sciences
ISBN 978-625-7139-21-2
TOKYO SUMMIT-II
II. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON INNOVATIVE
STUDIES OF CONTEMPORARY SCIENCES
August 17-19, 2020,
Tokyo, JAPAN
The Book of Full Texts

Social Sciences & Humanities
Edited by
Dr. Froilan D. Mobo
Zhuldyz SAKHI
full texts
Edited by
Dr. Dr. Froilan D. Mobo
Zhuldyz SAKHI
All rights of this book belongs to Tokyo Summit.

Without permission can’t be
duplicate or copied.
Authors of chapters are responsible both ethically
and juridically.
www.tokyosummit.org
ISBN- 978-625-7139-21-2
Issued:29.08.2020
CONFERENCE ID
 TOKYO SUMMIT
2ND INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON INNOVATIVE
STUDIES OF CONTEMPORARY SCIENCES
Keynote & Invited participation type
DATE - PLACE
August 17-19, 2020,

Tokyo, JAPAN
COORDINATOR
Zhuldyz SAKHI
LANGUAGES
English, Japanese, Turkish

INTERNATIONAL PARTICIPANTS
Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Thailand, Japan, USA, Indonesia, Turkey,
Bangladesh, Azerbaijan, India, Pakistan, Kazakhstan, Philippines,
Greece, Nigeria, Kuwait, Taiwan
NUMBER OF ACCEPTED PAPERS
224
NUMBER OF REJECTED PAPERS
30
EVALUATION PROCESS
All applications have undergone a double-blind peer review process
PRESENTATION
Oral Presentation / Virtual Presentation

SCIENCE & REVIEW COMMITTEE
Prof. Dr. Mustafa TALAS, Omerhalisdemir University
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Sehrana KASIMİ, Azerbaijan MEA
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Sevcan YILDIZ, Akdeniz University
Dr. Luna Moni DAS, Vasanta College for Women
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Froilan D. Mobo, Philippine Merchant Marine Academy
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Aparna Srivastava, Noida International University
Dr. Vikas Prajapati, University of Baroda
Dr. Kahkashan Khan, Malaviya University
Ankit Gupta, University of Lucknow
Dr. Minji YANG, Busan University
Dr. Yicheng WU, Minzu University
Dr. MACHUNWANGLIU KAMEI, University of the People, California
Dr. Zhi Huan MENCHUANG, Renmin University
Cengiz TOPDEMIR, Awarded Mathematician
Kanokwan Somwong, Chiang Mai University
Janaka Wijesinghe, Uva Wellassa University
.
PRESENTATION GALLERY
TOKYO SUMMIT-II
2nd international conference on innovative
studies of contemporary sciences
August 17-19, 2020, Tokyo, JAPAN
CONGRESS PROGRAM
Online (with Video Conference) Presentation
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
ZOOM MEETING
August 18.2020- PRESENTATIONS
August 19.2020- PRESENTATIONS

IMPORTANT, PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
 To be able to make a meeting online, login via https://zoom.us/join site, enter ID instead of “Meeting ID
or Personal Link Name” and solidify the session.
 The Zoom application is free and no need to create an account.
 The Zoom application can be used without registration.
 The application works on tablets, phones and PCs.
 Moderator - responsible for the presentation and scientific discussion (question-answer) section of the
session.
Points to Take into Consideration - TECHNICAL INFORMATION
 Make sure your computer has a microphone and is working.

 You should be able to use screen sharing feature in Zoom.
 Attendance certificates will be sent to you as pdf at the end of the congress.
 Requests such as change of place and time will not be taken into consideration in the congress program.
 If you think there are any deficiencies / spelling mistakes in the program, please inform by e-mail until
June 30, 2020 (17:00) at the latest.
 (All speakers required to be connected to the session 15 min before the session starts)
 Moderator is responsible for ensuring the smooth running of the presentation, managing the group
discussion and dynamics.
 Before you login to Zoom please indicate your name_surname and HALL number, exp. Hall 1, Alpaslan
BOZKURT
(All speakers required to be connected to the session 15 min before the session starts)
Moderator is responsible for ensuring the smooth running of the presentation, managing the
group discussion and dynamics.
SESSION-1, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
18.08.2020 MODERATOR - Dr. Soumitra Das
1400:1600
Authors Affiliation Topic title
Aman Kumar STUDY OF STRUCTURAL, ELECTRONIC,
Rahul Gautam Department of Physics, MAGNETIC AND THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES
Rishi Pal Singh S. S. V. College, Hapur OF REFESI [RE = ND AND LA] WITH HELP OF
Anuj Kumar DENSITY FUNCTIONAL THEORY (DFT)
Institute of Technology,
INTERNET OF THINGS APPLICATION IN HEALTH
Dr. Soumitra Das Pune,
CARE: WEARABLE FETUS MONITORING SYSTEM
Maharashtra,India
CHANNEL DYNAMICS ALONG THE NORTHERN
Dr. Luna Moni Das, Vasanta College for BANK OF THE UPPER BRAHMAPUTRA RIVER
Assistant Professor, Women AND FORMATION OF A LARGER ISLAND WITH
THE LOSS OF THE MAJULI ISLAND
Urfeya Mirza TRANSRECTAL COLOR DOPPLER
University of Kashmir
Shahnaz Anjum ULTRASONOGRAPHY IN CATTLE
Shahnaz Anjum
University of Kashmir CYANIDE AND THE HUMAN BODY
Urfeya Mirza
Education Department
Irshad Ullah Government of Khyber CONTEMPORARY SCIENCES AND ITS USE IN
Aamna Saleem Khan Pakhtunkhwa CLASSROOM
Islamabad
Irshad Ullah HOW TO USE DIFFERENT INSTRUCTION MODEL
Aamna Saleem Khan IN CLASSROOM
FIREBASE AND MYSQL PERFORMANCES FOR
Ridwan B. Marqas,
Firat University DATA
Murat Karabatak
Nawroz University EXCHANGING WITH CSV FILE IN PHP-BASED
Saman M. Almufti
WEBSITE
Banaras Hindu SOCIAL DYNAMICS STATUS OF WOMEN IN ISLAM
HAYAT AHAMAD
University
Research scholar IMPACT OF CHILD LABOUR ON EARLY
CHANDAN PREET
Central university of CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
KOUR
kashmir AND LEARNING
SESSION-1, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time MODERATOR - Dr. C. Sivashanmugaraja

18.08.2020
1400:1600
Banasthali Vidyapith, NON-LINEAR CONSTRAINTS BASED
Alka Singh Banasthali, Rajasthan, CALIBRATION ESTIMATION USING TWO
India AUXILIARY VARIABLES IN SAMPLE SURVEY
Ridhima Nehra Manav Rachna COMPARISON OF IMAGE DENOISING USING
Rojin Joseph University WAVELET TRANSFORM AND WAVELET PACKET
Aparna Vyas India TRANSFORM
Manav Rachna
Aparna Vyas IMAGE PROCESSING USING MULTISCALE
University, Faridabad,
Ridhi Bhatnagar TRANSFORM: A REVIEW
India
N.Kalaivani Institute of Science and Characterizations of (,)y,a,b -generalized closed
D.Saravanakumar Technology mappings in topological spaces
Ruchi Gupta
Harendra Jindal
Manav Rachna A LITERATURE REVIEW OF LINEAR
Sarvesh
University Faredabad PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS : BASED ON CASE
Raj Kumar
Chhavi Baliyan
Anurag Shukla
Ved Ratan
DIVERSITY OF RHIZOCTONIA BATATICOLA &
U K Tripathi
C.S.A.U.A.T, Kanpur FUNGITOXIC EFFECT OF BOTANICALS ON
D R Singh
GROWTH AND SURVIVAL OF SCLEROTIA
R K Pathak
Krishna Kumar
Dr. C. Periyar Govt. Arts ON FUZZY CONTRA PRE-Γ-CONTINUOUS

Sivashanmugaraja College MAPPINGS IN FUZZY TOPOLOGICAL SPACES
Institute of Applied
INVENTORY MODEL FOR THE DETERIORATING
Jitendra Kaushik sciences and
FOR RAMP TYPE DEMAND UNDER THE WEIBULL
Ashish Sharma Humanities, GLA
DETERIORATION RATE
University
Ahmad Zuhdi, Sulur, DESIGNING OF CONTEXTUAL TEACHING AND
State University of
Sumarjono, Aliyyatus LEARNING MATERIAL BASED ON GUIDED
Malang
Saadah INQUIRY FOR VOCATIONAL HIGH SCHOOL
SESSION-2, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
MODERATOR
Tokyo Time
18.08.2020 Prof. Dr. Ogtay Jalilbayli
16.00:1800
Öğr.Gör.Dr.Bengütay SEPET ÖRÜCÜLÜĞÜ VE GELENEKSEL SEPET
Hayırsever Erciyes Üniversitesi ÖRÜCÜLÜĞÜNÜN DEVELİ’DEKİ SON TEMSİLCİSİ:
Öğr.Gör.Uğur Aydın TURAN MEHMET SÖBE
EVALUATION OF DARK TOURISM AREAS FOR
Istanbul Technical
Şevval KALKAN CULTURAL LANDSCAPE COMPONENTS AND
University
VISUAL LANDSCAPE QUALITY
Azerbaycan Milli MODERN TOPLUMDA MISAFIRPERVERLIĞIN
Fatma Qəniyeva
Bilimler Akademisi GELIŞIMINDE TEKNOLOJININ YERI VE ÖNEMI
Azerbaycan Turizm ve
ORTA ÇAĞ ISLAM KÜLTÜRÜNDE MÜSLÜMAN
Zəhra Qəniyeva Menecment
KADINLARININ YAŞAM TARZI
Üniversitesi
Azerbaijan Tourism MAIN DETERMINANTS AND DEVELOPMENT
Albina Chingiz
and Management TENDENCIES OF THE SERVICES MARKET IN
Heshimova
University AZERBAIJAN
Didem KESKİN CİNSİYET VE EĞİTİM DÜZEYİNİN GENEL İŞ
Hüseyin GÜLER Çukurova Üniversitesi TATMİNİ ÜZERİNDEKİ ETKİSİNİN META ANALİZİ
Ebru ÖZGÜR GÜLER İLE İNCELENMESİ
POST STRUCTURALIST ANALYSIS OF ORANGES
Müge Demiröz Kocaeli University
ARE NOT THE ONLY FRUIT
SOME PECULIARITIES OF THE CAUSAL
Prof. Dr. Ogtay RELATIONS TRANSLATION
Baku State University
Jalilbayli (on the materials of Azerbaijani and Japanese
languages)
BEDİİ TERCÜME VE KÜLTÜRLERARASI İLETİŞİM
Bakü Slavyan
Doç. Dr. Leyla Aliyeva (Yaponca’dan Azerbaycan Türkçesi’ne tercüme
Universitesi
materyalleri esasında)
Istanbul Aydın BRANDING EFFORTS AND AN EXAMPLE OF
Vildan BAYRAM
University APPLICATION: ANATOLIA JEWELRY
THE RISE OF ROBOT JOURNALISM AT MEDIA
Dilhan APAK Halic University
COMPANIES
SESSION-2, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
18.08.2020 MODERATOR- Dr. Öğr. Üyesi H. Vedat AKMAN
16.00:1800
COVID -19 SONRASI DÜNYA EMTİA
Dr. Öğr. Üyesi H.
Beykent Üniversitesi FIYATLARINDAKI GÜÇ KAYBI VE SALGIN
Vedat AKMAN
SONRASI DÜNYA EMTIA PIYASALARI
Gülay Selvi Hanişoğlu Beykent Üniversitesi DIGITALIZATION IN THE TURKISH BANKING
Vedat Akman SECTOR AND COVID-19
TOWARDS 2023 : WHAT CAN TURKEY LEARN
Hasan Topacoglu Üsküdar University
FROM JAPAN FOR ITS CENTENNIAL
Dr. Öğr. Üyesi Derya TÜKETİCİLERİN DİJİTAL BAĞIMLILIK
Fatma BİÇER DÜZEYLERİNİ DEĞERLENDİRMEYE YÖNELİK BİR
Öğr. Gör. İbrahim Sivas Cumhuriyet ARAŞTIRMA
İŞCAN Üniversitesi
THE PRESIDENTIAL SYSTEM IN EASTERN
Çankırı Karatekin EUROPEAN COUNTRIES IN POST- COMMUNIST
Dr.Çağlar Ezikoğlu University ERA
Athens Kapodistrian
Deniz Ertuğ POLITICAL SALAFISM, THE CONCEPT OF JIHAD
University
Burcu Ertuğ AND AL-QAIDA
MEF University
TÜKETİCİLERİN E-TİCARET SİTELERİNDE
Dr. Öğr. Üyesi Selin
Ege Üniversitesi YORUM YAZMA MOTİVASYONU ÜZERİNE NİCEL
BİTİRİM OKMEYDAN
BİR ARAŞTIRMA
Öğr.Gör.Esra Akay
TİRYAKİOĞLU Bartın University EFFECTS OF SYRIAN REFUGEES ON ECONOMIC
Sümer Esin ŞENYURT TED University AND SOCIAL LIFE IN TURKEY
Murat Özay TAŞKIN
Elmira Bogoviyeva WHAT DECISION BUSINESS STUDENTS CHOOSE
DBA, PRM
Maya Katenova IN A CASE SCENARIO ON BRIBING? THE CASE OF
KIMEP University
KAZAKHSTAN
Doç. Dr. Seriyye İLK JAPON MÜSLÜMAN HACI ÖMER
Gündoğdu AMEA Şarkiyat YAMAOKA`NIN HAC ZİYARETİ DÖNÜŞÜ
Enstitüsü İSTANBUL`DA KATILDIĞI TOPLANTILARIN
SIRAT-I MÜSTAKİM DERGİSİNDE YANSIMALARI
SESSION-3, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time MODERATOR

18.08.2020 Prof. Dr. Hajar Huseynova
1800:2000
Azerbaijan National THE IMPORTANCE OF THE TRANSLATION OF
Gulnar Yunusova Academy of Sciences HARUKI MURAKAMI’S WORKS INTO
(ANAS) AZERBAIJANI LANGUAGE
Doç. Dr. Kübra Azerbaycan Milli KARAİMLER, KARAY VE AZERI DILLERI
Kuliyeva Bilimler Akademisi ARASINDA MÜVAZİLİK
Azerbaijan State
Prof. Dr. Hajar JAPANESE AND AZERBAIJANI LANGUAGE
Pedagogical
Huseynova RELATIONS
University
TRABZON İNGİLİZ KONSOLOSU VORLEY
Doç.Dr. Gülşah Recep Tayyip
HARRİS’İN RAPORLARINA GÖRE 1950’Lİ
GÜVELOĞLU Erdoğan Üniversitesi
YILLARDA RİZE
ASSESSING MARRIAGES THROUGH THE VIEWS
Res. Asst. Senem Ondokuz Mayıs
OF WOMEN WHO EXPERIENCED EARLY (CHILD)
GÜRKAN University
MARRIAGES
Burdur Mehmet Akif
Mehtap DİNÇER THE HISTORICAL SOURCES OF MARI CITY
Ersoy Üniversitesi
PANDEMİ SÜRECİNİN LİSE ÖĞRENCİLERİ
Dr. Öğretim Üyesi
Yozgat Bozok ÜZERİNDEKİ PSİKOSOSYAL
Selahattin YAKUT
Üniversitesi ETKİLERİNİN BAZI DEMOGRAFİK DEĞİŞKENLER
İdris YAKUT
AÇISINDAN İNCELENMESİ
Arş. Gör. Osman
Kağan ERGÜR Fırat Üniversitesi TÜRK VERGİ HUKUKUNDA SÜRELERİN
Dr. Halil Oğuzhan İnönü Üniversitesi UZAMASINA NEDEN OLAN DURUMLAR
ERGÜR
NETIZEN’S AND UNCONTROLLED ACCESS TO
Dr. Charu Dureja Panjab University
CYBER TECHNOLOGIES DURING PANDEMIC
Hasan Ali GÜÇLÜ Ufuk Üniversitesi ÇOCUĞUN İHMAL VE İSTİSMARI
SESSION-3, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
18.08.2020 MODERATOR- Assist. Prof. Dr. Kadir Öcalan
1800:2000
Ayten GEÇMEZ GÜNEŞ ENERJI SANTRALI ÜRETIM VERILERININ
Çetin GENÇER Fırat Üniversitesi METEOROLOJIK VERILERE BAĞLI OLARAK
Aynur SEVİNÇ YAPAY ZEKA YÖNTEMLERI ILE TAHMINI
INFLUENCE OF ULVA RIGIDA (ULVOPHYCEAE)
AQUEOUS EXTRACTS ON THE
Merve KÜNİLİ Çanakkale Onsekiz
GROWTH AND BIOCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF
İlknur AK Mart University
TREPTACANTHA BARBATA
(PHAEOPHYCEAE)
DIFFERENTIAL CROSS SECTION CALCULATIONS
Necmettin Erbakan
Assist. Prof. Dr. Kadir AT (N)NLO ACCURACY FOR THE W BOSON PLUS
Öcalan JET PRODUCTION
University
IN PROTON-PROTON COLLISIONS AT 13 TEV
Arş. Gör. Aybike
Munzur Üniversitesi PLC VE SCADA KULLANILARAK BİR ORCİK
Üstündağ , Doç. Dr.
Fırat Üniversitesi ÜRETİM SİSTEMİNİN OTOMASYONU
Çetin Gencer
Coşkunöz Holding
Burak Şentürken INVESTIGATION OF RESISTANCE SPOT
Company,
Assoc. Prof. Rukiye WELDABILITY OF TITANIUM ALLOY WITH
Bursa Uludağ
ERTAN ALUMINUM ALLOY
University,
DETERMINING THE PATHOGENIC MISSENSE
Nazlı Irmak
SINGLE NUCLEOTIDE POLYMORPHISMS OF
GİRİTLİOĞLU
GADD45B WITH IN SILICO APPROACH
Istanbul Aydin DETERMINANTS OF ENTREPRENEURIAL
Najma Barre Nur University INTENTION AMONG ACADEMICIANS IN TURKEY
Farid Huseynov Gebze Technical
University
Mageshwaran DYNAMIC CHARACTERIZATION STUDY OF CNT
School of Mechanical
Subramani REINFORCED LAMINATED
Engineering,
Rajeshkumar COMPOSITE DOUBLY CURVED SANDWICH SHELL
Vellore Institute of
Selvaraj Manoharan PANEL WITH VISCOELASTIC CORE
Technology (VIT),
Ramamoorthy
Rukiye ÇOLAK
ŞAŞMAZER Bursa Uludağ PROPERTIES OF DIFFERENT TYPE VEGAN
Mihriban University CHEESE RECIPES
KORUKLUOĞLU
SESSION-4, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
18.08.2020 MODERATOR- Assistant Prof. Dr. Ebru Tolay
2000:2200
Maltepe University ANALYSIS OF MINIMALIZM THROUGH
Zeynep Eda BÜRGE
CHOCOLATE PACKAGES IN GRAPHIC DESIGN
İLKOKUL ÖĞRENCİLERİNİN YABANCI DİL
Rümeysa CEYHUN Yildiz Technical DERSİNE OLAN İLGİLERİNE YABANCI DİL
Mustafa Yeşilyurt University ÖĞRETMENİNİN İLETİŞİM BECERİSİNİN
ETKİLERİ
DÜZENLİ SPOR YAPAN KİŞİLERİN YENİ TİP
Mert ÇALOĞLU
Ondokuz Mayıs KORONAVİRÜS (COVİD-19) PANDEMİSİ
Özlem MENTEŞ
Üniversitesi SÜRECİNDE GENEL İYİ OLUŞ DÜZEYLERİNİN
YALÇIN
İNCELENMESİ
EFFECTIVE LEADER COMPETENCIES FROM THE
Assistant Prof. Dr.
Dokuz Eylul University PERSPECTIVE OF GENERATION Y:A
Ebru Tolay
QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
COMPARISON OF EDUCATION SYSTEM IN MEIJI
Volkan DURAN Iğdır University AREA IN JAPAN EMPIRE WITH TANZIMAT
REFORM ERA IN OTTOMON EMPIRE
Serdar Kasap
Bilecik Şeyh Edebali ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINATION OF THE CITY OF
Furkan Demirci
University TOKAT
Sezer Yörük
BİPOLAR BOZUKLUK İLE MÜCADELEDE
Doç. Dr. Çağrı GÜMÜŞ
TOPLUMSAL FARKINDALIK
Öğr. Gör. Elmas Karatay Üniversitesi
BİLİNCİNİN OLUŞTURULMASI ÜZERİNE
ALVER, Furkan Polis Akademisi
HAZIRLANMIŞ ÖRNEK SOSYAL AFİŞ
LİMON
TASARIMLARI
Prof. Rayihe DOMED STRUCTURES IN THE ARCHITECTURE OF
Amenzade MEDIEVAL AZERBAIJAN
İŞGAL ALTINDAKİ PAYİTAHT İSTANBULDA,
BOĞAZLIYAN KAYMAKAMI KEMAL BEYİN
Sözer AKYILDIRIM Iğdır Üniversitesi
YARGILANMASI VE ŞEHİT EDİLMESİ ÜZERİNE
BİR ÇALIŞMA
Yunus SAHIN MEG3B, ALTERNATIVELY SPLICED ISOFORM OF
Zekiye ALTAN LNCRNA MEG3 INHIBITS CELL PROLIFERATION
University of Gaziantep
Mehmet SAHIN AND MIGRATION OF ANDROGEN-INDEPENDENT
Emel SAHIN PROSTATE CANCER CELLS
SESSION-4, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time MODERATOR- Dr. Murat Alp

18.08.2020
2000:2200
DIABETES UNAWARENESS IN PATIENTS
University of Sağlık
Elif Yıldırım Ayaz HOSPITALIZED IN THE INTERNAL MEDICINE
Bilimleri
CLINIC
Asst. Prof.Dr.Eren
OPPENHEIMER’S OSSICLE WITH CLINICAL
OGUT Bahçeşehir University
SIGNIFICANCE AND A REVİEW OF THE
Dr.Didem Donmez Trakya University
LITERATURE
AYDIN
EXPERIMENTAL ECONOMICS MODEL FROM
AFRICA: SUSTAINING THE
UNITED NATIONS SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Henry Akpojubaro GOALS BEYOND THE
College of
Efegbere COVID-19 PANDEMIC THROUGH THE
Medical Sciences, Edo
Stella Rotifa MULTIDIMENSIONAL
University
Kate Ebruke Efegbere SERVICEABILITY, UTILIZABILITY AND
PROFITABILITY OF THE
INTERNATIONAL CENTRE OF INTER-
PROFESSIONAL TEAM BUILDING
ONLINE LEARNING SYSTEM IN HIGHER EDUCATION
Farhana Tabassum
The University of INSTITUTIONS IN PAKISTAN: INVESTIGATING
Nazia Akram
Lahore PROBLEMS FACED BY STUDENTS DURING COVID-
Muhammad Moazzam
19 PANDEMIC
PULLBACKS OF CROSSED MODULES AND CAT 1 -
Murat Alp American University
GROUPOIDS
Gözde YÜCEL-
CONCOMITANT LYMPHOMA AND TUBERCULOSIS IN
TENEKECİ Ankara University
A PARROT
Osman KUTSAL
Bakhtawar Shafique
Hafiz Rehan Nadeem
PSYCHOLOGICAL IMPACTS OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC
Shafeeqa Irfan
University of Sargodha ON HUMANS AND REMEDIES TO COPE WITH
Muhammad Modassar
STRESS
Ali Nawaz Ranjha
Samina Kousar
İstanbul Gelişim
Dr. Hüseyin DİKME Universitesi
ÖRGÜT KÜLTÜRÜ, LİDERLİK ve PERFORMANS
Binnur TURAN Kocaeli Saglık
Hizmetleri MYO
Institute of
Manish Kumar PERCUTANEOUS ABSORPTION STUDY OF
Pharmaceutical
Thimmaraju ACECLOFENAC USING FRANZ DIFFUSION CELL
Sciences
Mehmet KEPENEK EFFECTS OF VARIABLE LOAD AND ROTATIONAL
Ege Anıl DİLER Ege University SPEED ON THE WEAR BEHAVIOR OF POM PLASTIC
Fulya ULCAY SABAN HELICAL GEAR
SESSION-5, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
18.08.2020 MODERATOR - Prof. R. K. Gupta
2200:2400
Unaib Afzal Rana FACTORS LEADING CUSTOMER SATISFACTION IN
University of Sindh
Ambreen Memon DIGITAL AGE: A CONCEPTUAL APPROACH
Jobin Sebastian CYBER TERRORISM: A POTENTIAL THREAT TO
Annamalai University
Dr. P. Sakthivel GLOBAL SECURITY
DEVELOPMENT AND EXPLORATION OF
Uzairu Muhammad Universiti Sultan Zainal
MEASUREMENT ITEMS FOR
GWADABE Abidin, Terengganu,
INNOVATIVENESS FOR SMALL FARMERS’
Nalini ARUMUGAM Malaysia
ADOPTION OF NEW TECHNOLOGY
ANNOUNCEMENT EFFECT OF CANARA BANK
Barun Kumar Jha
University of Delhi AND SYNDICATE BANK MERGER ON STOCK
Prof. R. K. Gupta
RETURNS IN INDIA
Jyoti Rastogi IN VITRO MORPHOGENETIC RESPONSES IN LEAF
Gandhi National Open
P. Bubber DISC EXPLANTS OF SUGARCANE (SACCHARUM
University
R.K. Singh OFFICINARUM L.) COS 96268
Farzad Hossain COMPUTATIONAL INVESTIGATION OF WAVY
Islamic University of
Md. Ashrafuzzaman CARBON NANOTUBE REINFORCED
Technology
Miah POLYMER COMPOSITES
Noreen Sajjad COMPARISON OF CATALYTIC EFFICIENCY OF
University of Lahore,
Ayesha Sultan GOLD AND PALLADIUM BIMETALLIC CATALYSTS
Lahore, Pakistan
Ayesha Sadiqa BY USING AUTOCLAVE &GLASS REACTORS
SESSION-5, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
18.08.2020 MODERATOR - Dr. Gulshan MAHARRAMOVA
2200:2400
MODEL TRANSFORMATIONS WITH A QUANTITY
Associate Professor Azerbaijan State COMPONENT IN UNRELATED
Gulchohra Aliyeva Marine Academy LANGUAGES AS FRAGMENTS OF THE LINGUISTIC
WORLD VIEW
Dr. Gulshan
Azerbaijan University THE WAYS OF DEVELOPING STUDENTS’ SPEECH
MAHARRAMOVA
Dr. Aygun ACTUALIZATION OF PHRASEOLOGICAL UNITS IN

Baku State University
MAHARRAMOVA POETIC LANGUAGE
Azerbaijan National THE ROLE OF WELFARE PARTY IN THE

Dr. Namig Mammadov
Academy of Sciences POLITICAL HISTORY OF TURKEY
THE INTERPRETATION OF LINGUISTIC

Gulanbar Abbasova Baku State University PARALLELISM IN THE LITERARY TEXTS OF
AZERBAIJAN AND ENGLISH
Azərbaycan Dövlət
Günəş Cəbrayılova Mədəniyyət və MƏDƏNİ KODLAR MƏDƏNİYYƏT DAŞIYICISI KİMİ
İncəsənət Universiteti
DÜNYA KLASSİKLƏRİNİN YARADICILIĞININ
Azərbaycan Dövlət
Sevinc Rəsulova AZƏRBAYCAN MAARİFÇI-REALİST UŞAQ
Pedaqoji Universiteti
ƏDƏBİYYATININ İNKIŞAFINA TƏSİRİ
Assist. Prof. Dr. Hasan
BARDAKÇİ FUTURE SCENARIOS TO COME FROM
Harran University
Mehmet Ragıp GLOBALIZATION TO FREE TRADE
GÖRGÜN
CLOUD SECURITY CHALLENGES AMIDST THE
Philippine Merchant IMPLEMENTATION OF
Dr. Froilan D. Mobo
Marine Academy LEARNING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN THE NEW
NORMAL
A REGIONAL MODEL FOR DEVELOPMENT OF
Assist. Prof. Dr. Nihat INNOVATIVE ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Harran University
KÜÇÜK CULTURE: TECHNOLOGY-BASED BUSINESS
DEVELOPMENT CENTER
SESSION-5, HALL-3
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR - Dr. Sanghamitra Adhya
2000:2200
Vanshika Malik CYBER CRIME AND CYBER ATTACKS IN THE AGE
University of Delhi
Nikita Oberoi OF COVID-19
Shafeeqa Irfan
Muhammad Awais
Khan
Hafiz Rehan Nadeem
Muhammad Modassar Institute of Food
NANOZYMES: NEW FACETS IN FOOD SCIENCE
Ali Science and Nutrition,
AND TECHNOLOGY
Nawaz Ranjha University
Bakhtawar Shafique
Ushna Khalid
Syeda Mahvish
ZAHRA
MOLECULAR STRUCTURAL ELUCIDATION AND
Dept of Chemistry LOCATION OF MN(II) ION IN
Krishnan Parthipan
SIVET College DIAQUAZINC(DIAQUABISMALONATO)ZINCATE
BY SPECTROSCOPIC STUDIES
Vel Tech Rangarajan Dr
Sagunthala R&D TIME DEPENDENT PROBABILITIES OF RANDOM
B. Janani
Institute of Science and VACATION MODEL
Technology
Dr. Sanghamitra USING WEB-BASED TECHNOLOGY IN
Kalyani Mahavidyalaya
Adhya GEOGRAPHY EDUCATION
A STUDY ON CURRENT SCENARIO AND FUTURE
Dr. Kahkashan Khan Malaviya University
PROSPECTS OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON INDIA
Simi Joseph Mahatma Gandhi A POST-STRUCTURAL SWAY OF ROB B.J WALKER
University IN INTERNATIONAL RELATION
Dr. Arda Selin TUNÇ Ankara University TYPES OF TUMORS IN DOMESTIC ANIMALS
Aqsa Fahim Taji National Alliance for
THE BRIGHT SIDE OF COVID-19, BLESSED US
Farheen Kz Safe Food
SESSION-1, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR - Dr. Anju Lis Kurian
1400:1600
IMPACT OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON INDIAN
Kollam District, Kerala
Jayashankar.J AND CHINESE
State, India
ECONOMY: A COMPARATIVE STUDY
Mody University of LOCATING EHRLICH’S CONCEPT OF LAW IN
Shrawani Shagun Science and Technology INDIAN LEGAL
Rajasthan,India JURISPRUDENCE & ROLE OF JUDICIARY
Mr. Niteesh Kumar
ROLE OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN
Upadhyay Galgotias University
MITIGATING COVID-19- A WAY AHEAD
Ms. Swati Kaushal
Mechanical Man
WORLD OF WORK POST COVID-19: WITH
Mohammed Muqtadir Engineering Services
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO EMERGING RIGHTS AT
Bhumika Sharma Private Limited,
WORK
Pasonda, Ghaziabad
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LANGUAGE AND
Shahi Shaika Amity University CULTURE: AN ETHNOSEMANTIC STUDY OF
KASHMIRI LANGUAGE
Rico Paulo G.
Tolentino Polytechnic University ADAPTATION OF PHILIPPINE EDUCATION TO
Ma. Leonora Sta. Ana of the Philippines OPEN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES
Khristian S. Liwanag
Dr. Anju Lis Kurian ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION AND
Gandhi University
Dr. C. Vinodan LIVELIHOOD ISSUES IN INDIA
University School of THE CONFINEMENT SPECTRUM : A
Sonal Nain Humanities and Social COMPARATIVE STUDY OF FEMINIST AND PRISON
Sciences LITERATURE
David Daneesh ENVIRONMENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS AND
Massey Mahima Habil St. John’s College RESPONSES OF COLLEGE STUDENTS TOWARDS
Massey THEIR URBAN DWELLING
SESSION-1, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR - Uzma Ayaz
1400:1600
SYNTHESIS OF BIODEGRADABLE HYDROGELS
Sapna Manav Rachna
PIAC BY INVERSE SUSPENSION
Arpit Sand University
POLYMERIZATION
Pradeep K Varshney RECOVERY OF LITHIUM FROM WASTE LITHIUM-
Manav
Ruchika Batra ION BATTERIES (LIBS) TO PROTECT THE
Rachna University
Ritika ENVIRONMENT: A REVIEW
Md. Ashrafuzzaman ANALYSIS OF THIN FILM LIQUID BOILING AT
Miah Islamic University VARIOUS WETTING CONDITIONS ON
Farzad Hossain NANOSTRUCTURED SURFACE
EFFECT OF ANNEALING TEMPERATURE ON
Ankit Gupta
University of Lucknow MICROSTRUCTURE AND SURFACE MORPHOLOGY
Mahendra Kumar
(AFM) OF ZNO THIN FILMS WITH MG DOPANT
LONGITUDINAL THERMAL INSTABILITY OF TWO-
COMPONENT RADIATIVE PLASMA WITH EFFECT
Mahakal Institute of
Sachin Kaothekar OF NEUTRAL COLLISIONS HALL CURRENT AND
Technology
ELECTRON INERTIA IN HYDROGEN GAS (HI)
REGION
AN ASSESSMENT OF THE ROLE OF GOVERNANCE
Paromita Mondal CoochBehar Panchanan
IN THE EDUCATION OF ADOLESCENT GIRLS IN
Barma University
MATHABHANGA MUNICIPALITY, WEST BENGAL
GENETIC VARIABILITY, ASSOCIATION AND
DIVERSITY STUDY AMONG THE SUNFLOWER
The University of GENOTYPES AT SEEDLING STAGE BASED ON
Uzma Ayaz
Poonch Rawalakot DIFFERENT MORPHO-PHYSIOLOGICAL
PARAMETERS UNDER POLYETHYLENE GLYCOL
INDUCED STRESS
Rajeshkumar
Selvaraj, FREE AND FORCED VIBRATION ANALYSIS OF
Vellore Institute of
Mageshwaran LAMINATED COMPOSITE HYBRID-MR
Technology, Vellore,
Subramani, ELASTOMER SANDWICH BEAM USING HIGH-
India.
Manoharan ORDER THEORY
Ramamoorthy
SESSION-2, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR- Dr. Rama Gandotra
1600:1800
Niteesh Kumar
Galgotias IMPACT OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ON
Upadhyay
University INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
MahakRathee
Amit Joshi REMOTE TEACHING AMIDST COVID19 IN INDIA:
ICFAI University
Preeti Bhaskar APPROACH, CHALLENGES’LEARNING
Munazza Jabeen
International Islamic HOW TO IMPROVE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF
Saba Kausar
University, Islamabad MONETARY POLICY IN PAKISTAN
Farhana Naz
A CASE STUDY ON INDIGENOUS EDUCATION FOR
College of Education,
Saish S. Nayak Dalal INTERDEPENDENCE AND ECONOMIC
Ponda
SUSTENANCE OF A VILLAGE IN GOA
OVERSEAS FILIPINO WORKERS AND ECONOMIC
Philippine Science High GROWTH,
Ariel S. Barrias
School-Cordillera EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSEHOLD ECONOMIC
WELFARE, 1989-2018
HEALTH EXPENDITURE AND ECONOMIC
Imtiyaz Ahmad Shah
University of Kashmir GROWTH AMONG CENTRAL ASIAN COUNTRIES: A
Imtiyaz-ul-Haq
PANEL DATA APPROACH
MUHAMMAD
SULEMAN NASIR HISTORY OF CORONAVIRUS AND ITS IMPACT ON
Gomal University
Muhammad Umar THE WORLD’S ECONOMY
Shamas Nasir
USING OF ADDITIVE (DIGITAL) COLOR SYSTEM
DR. ALPER RAİF İPEK Başkent University INSTEAD OF SUBTRACTIVE (ANALOGUE) COLOR
SYSTEM IN AN ONLINE WORLD
FREE AND FORCED VIBRATION ANALYSIS OF
Ferhat Cagri ARAS
Noida International LAMINATED COMPOSITE HYBRID-MR
Associate Prof. Dr.
University ELASTOMER SANDWICH BEAM USING HIGH-
Aparna Srivastava
ORDER THEORY
USE OF NEW EDUCATION TECHNOLOGIES IN
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Azerbaijan State
HIGHER EDUCATION: UNIVERSITY WITHOUT
Malahat Abdullayeva Pedagogical University
WALL
Pt. M.L.S.D. College for SOCIAL WELLNESS FOR RESILIENCE IN POST
Dr. Rama Gandotra
Women PANDEMIC ERA – CHALLENGES AND SOLUTIONS
SESSION-2, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time MODERATOR- Dr. Purnima

19.08.2020
1600:1800
Shruthi A ,
SYNTHESIS, IN VITRO ANTIMICROBIAL AND
Manuel Rodrigues , Alva’s Institute of
MOLECULAR DOCKING STUDIES OF NOVEL 5-
Satyendra R V , Engineering and
CHLORO-2-HYDRAZINYL-1, 3-
Latha K P , Technology
BENZOXAZOLE DERIVATIVES
Vagdevi
Bharath Institutes of
Varsha Unni P K ELECTRIC VEHICLE MODELING AND
Higher Education and
Vigneshwar K SIMULATION
Research
A DETAILED DEGRADATION STUDY OF THE
Amrit Kumar Mishra, HETEROJUNCTION OF
University of Lucknow
R.K.Shukla PEROVSKITE/SPIROMEOTAD IN THE SOLAR
CELL
Rajesh Kumar Singh A PHYTOSTEROL OF SEMECARRPUS
Amit Rajan ANACARDIUM LINN. LEAF EXHIBITS
Ruchita Tripathi ANTITUMOR ACTIVITY AND ENHANCES
Monika Singh SURVIVAL OF TUMOR BEARING MICE
Vinamra Sharma Banaras Hindu
Anil Kumar Singh University
Amity University TECHNOLOGY AND NEW DIMENSIONS FOR
Dr. Purnima Noida, Uttar Pradesh STUDENTS OF LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Dr. Shivender Rahul India
Rakhi Singh Hindu University,
NIPAH VIRUS: A SCIENTOMETRIC STUDY
Rajesh Kumar Singh Varanasi-221005 India
REFLECTION ON THE ROLE OF AI IN TRACKING
AND FORECASTING POTENTIAL OUTBREAKS:
Deepak Kaushik Galgotias University
COVID-19 AND AN EARLY GLOBAL WARNING
SYSTEM
ANTIMICROBIAL, ANTIOXIDANT, AND
ANTICANCER ACTIVITIES OF
JAYASHREE.P
Vels Institute of Science BIOSYNTHESIZED SILVER NANOPARTICLES
R. THIRUCHELVI
USING MARINE RED SEAWEED GELIDIELLA
ACEROSA
Dr. Vikas Prajapati CAN ORTHOSIS AND CORRECTIVE EXERCISES
University of Baroda
Dr. Akansha Prajapati CORRECT FLAT FOOT?
SESSION-3, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR - Dr. Meenakshi Bansal
1800:2000
AN ANTHROPOLOGICAL STUDY ON
Cotton University,
Milonjyoti Borgohain TRADITIONAL FOOD CULTURE AMONG THE
Assam, India
MISINGS OF ASSAM, NORTH-EAST INDIA
Umang Pandya Shankersinh Vaghela AZIMUTHAL MAGNETIC FIELD AND LEAKAGE OF
Lokesh Bharti Bapu Institute of FIELD FREE MATTER FROM DIFFERENT OPTICAL
S.N.A. Jaaffrey Science DEPTHS OF UDS
EXPLORING THE ROLE OF SOCIAL MEDIA FOR
Rishikesh Sisodia Galgotias University SMALL MEDIUM ENTERPRISES AS A
COMMUNICATION TOOL
3D ANIMATION ONLINE LEARNING CLASS:
IMPROVING FOREIGN LANGUAGE
ABILITY THROUGH PLOTAGON 3-DIMENSIONAL
State Islamic BASED ANIMATION TO SUPPORT SFH
Husni Rahman Yoga
University of North (STUDY FROM HOME) INDONESIA
Nadya Aulia Malau
Sumatra GOVERNMENT’S PROGRAM DURING THE COVID-
19 PANDEMIC THROUGH ONLINE LEARNING
CLASS IN LTECH (LANGUAGE AND
TECHNOLOGY)
Assistant Professor ENGAGING MIGRANTS AND REFUGEES:
Goa University
Sanjayan T.S PEDOCOMPUNITY APPROACH IN PEDAGOGY
DISTRIBUTION AND DIVERSITY OF MANGROVE
Vidya Padmakumar
Mangalore University SPECIES ALONG THE COASTLINE OF MAHE
Shine P J
TOWN, TERRITORY OF PONDICHERRY, INDIA.
J.V.M.G.R.R. College RESEARCH IN THE TIME OF COVID-19:AN
Dr. Meenakshi Bansal
INDIAN TEACHER’S PERSPECTIVE
Dr. Navdeep Kumar Lyallpur Khalsa FOOD SECURITY FOR INCLUSIVE GROWTH IN
College SOUTH ASIA
Prof. Surekha Rana Kanya Gurukul A STUDY TO INVESTIGATE ON E-GOVERNMENT
Ms Priyanka Bhaskar Dehradun INITIATIVES IN UTTARAKHAND
CYBER ESPIONAGE: USE AND MISUSE OF
Ms. Rupa Pradhan Indıan Instıtute Of TECHNOLOGY AS AN
Ms. Jayati Kharga Legal Studıes EMERGING CHALLENGE TO THE
INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY
SESSION-3, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR- Assoc. Prof. Dr. Shalini Jaiswal
1800:2000
Waheed A. Adeosun,
Prof. Abdullah M. NON-ENZYMATIC ELECTROCATALYTIC
Asiri Prof. Hadi M. King Abdulaziz DETECTION OF URIC ACID USING
Marwani University POLYDOPAMINE/POLYPYRROLE COPOLYMERIC
Prof. Mohammed M. FILM
Rahman
SOLVENT-FREE SYNTHESIS AND
Assoc. Prof. Dr.
AMITY University ANTIMICROBIAL ACTIVITY OF NOVAL
Shalini Jaiswal
ISOXAZOLE DERIVATIVES
WAQAS AHMAD BIOFORTIFICATION OF IRON AND ZINC IN
Prof. Dr .Hakoomat Bahauddin Zakariya CHICKPEA CULTIVARS (CICER ARIETINUM L.)
Ali University UNDER ARID AND SEMI
Dr.Shabir Hussain ARID CLIMATIC CONDITIONS OF PAKISTAN
STANDARDIZATION OF POTENT AYURVEDIC
Ruchita Tripathi,
DRUG “PANCHAVALKALA” (A POLYHERBAL
Rajesh Kumar Singh Banaras Hindu
AYURVEDIC FORMULATION) USED IN DIABETES
Anil Kumar Singh University
MANAGEMENT AMONG NORTH INDIAN
POPULATION
PYROLYSIS MODELING OF WASTE-DERIVED
FUEL THROUGH COMBINED THERMODYNAMIC
Bijoy Das Jadavpur University
AND
KINETIC SIMULATIONS
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND DRONE
Dr. Abhilasha Sisodia Galgotias University TECHNOLOGY AS A PROTAGONIST FOR FOREST
AND WILDLIFE CONSERVATION
Dr. Siddhant Durgesh Nandini A NEW FILTER FOR SAFE VIEW OF SOLAR
Degree College ECLIPSE
Salim Khan ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION POST COVID-19:
Pondicherry University
Anisa B Khan AN RSGIS BASED ASSESSMENT
Dr Ritu Talwar NDIM , New Delhi A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW OF BLOCKCHAIN
Dr Priyanka Agarwal ,INDIA
SESSION-4, HALL-1
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR- Dr. Sreetanuka Nath
2000:2200
ANTI-INFLAMMATORY ACTIVITY OF INDIAN ELM
Kanokwan Somwong Chiang Mai
(HOLOPTELEA INTEGRIFOLIA (ROXB.) PLANCH)
Hataichanok Pandith University, Thailand EXTRACTS
Manuel Rodrigues SYNTHESIS, ANTIMICROBIAL EVALUATION AND
Alva’s Institute of
Basavaraju Bennehalli DOCKING STUDIES OF NEWLY SYNTHESIZED
Engineering and
Vagdevi H M BENZOXAZOLE
Technology
Sharath B S DERIVATIVES
S.Santhosh Kumar
University in Tanzania, DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ROCKET NOZZLE TO
Jayaram Dasari
Dar es salaam INCREASE THE THRUST AND MASS FLOW RATE
G.Godwin
HPLC QUATITATIVE ANALYSIS OF
Areerat
SCUTELLAREIN TETRAMETHYL ETHER: THE
Chuasakhonwilai Chiang Mai University
Hataichanok Pandith BIOACTIVE COMPONENT OF CHROMOLAENA
ODORATA AND PRAXELIS CLEMATIDEA
GASIFICATION CHARACTERISTIC OF WASTE
Bijoy Das Jadavpur University,
TYRES WITH AIR IN AN ATMOSPHERIC
Salt Lake
BUBBLING FLUIDIZED BED
Cluster University of FGMOS: A TECHNIQUE FOR IMPLEMENTATION
Roshani Gupta
Jammu OF DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
LEVELS OF BRAIN HEMISPHERIC DOMINANCE
Government Training BASED ON GENDER, SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS
Dr. Sreetanuka Nath
College AND ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENTS: AN
ASSOCIATIVE STUDY
Dr.R.Sivarethinamohan ENVISIONING THE ROLE OF FAMILY SOCIAL
Samreen Ayesha Department of CAPITAL (FSC)FOR EDUCATIONAL SUCCESS
Biju Toms Professional Studies, AND MENTAL WELL-BEING OF ASIAN CHILDREN
Dr Kavitha D CHRIST IN HIGHER EDUCATION DURING THE TIMES OF
Dr Priya. J COVID-19 PANDEMIC: AN OVERVIEW
İbn Haldun University
Hasan Kaplan A Field Study on the Making Sense of Natural
Çanakkale Onsekiz
Kenan Sevinç Disasters and Coping: With a Reference to Covid-
Mart University,
Nihâl İşbilen 19 in Turkey
Marmara University,
EFFECT OF TWO CROSS FOCUSED COSH-
Sandeep Kumar Lovely Professional
GAUSSİAN LASER BEAMS ON THZ GENERATİON
Naveen Gupta University
İN RİPPLED PLASMA
SESSION-4, HALL-2
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR- Dr. Subhoda Banerjee
2000:2200
Vijendra Kumar
ROLE OF FILLER-POLYMER INTERFACE ON THE
Abhishek Barnwal
University of Lucknow THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY IN POLYMER
R. K. Shukla
COMPOSITES
Jyoti Shakya
AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OVER BANGLADESHI
Nazma Akter University of Dhaka LEARNERS’ ATTITUDE TOWARD KOREAN
LANGUAGE AS K-FAN IN 2020
Bimani Randeniya
Janaka Wijesinghe Uva Wellassa ATTEMPT TO PRODUCE A PLANT BASED BURGER
Vidarshani Ellepola University PATTY SENSATIONALLY SIMILAR TO MEAT
Thisun Ranpatabendi
Palaniappan
Selvakumar
EFFECT OF MOLECULAR WEIGHT ON THERMAL
Pudupadi
Anna University BEHAVIOR AND PROCESSABILITY OF OLIGOMERIC
Sundararajan
PHTHALONITRILE RESINS
Muthusamy
Sarojadevi
International Institute ANALYSIS OF NUTRITIONAL STATUS AMONG
Shalmoli Dutta
for Population Sciences SCHEDULED TRIBE MEN AND WOMEN IN INDIA
International Institute
AN ANALYSIS OF TIME-SERIES MODELS FOR AGE-
Aritra Sen for Population Sciences,
SPECIFIC MORTALITY RATES IN INDIA
Mumbai
Jamnalal Bajaj school of
Chandra Das EMPIRICAL LEGAL RESEARCHING: BOON IN THE
Legal Studies,
Sakshi Pal FIELD OF CONTEMPORARY SCIENCES
Banasthali vidyapith
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, COVID-19, LEGAL
Dr. Subhoda Banerjee Ramaiah College of Law
PROFESSION: THE CHANGING LANDSCAPE
Dr. R.S.Gill CONTAINMENT OF VIRAL AND BACTERIAL
Dr. V.S.Vats Himachal Pradesh PATHOGENS FOR DIFFERENT GEOMORPHOLOGIC
Mrs. Salil Sagar University FEATURES: A POSSIBLE CALIBRATED AND
Dr. Manish Dogra DIFFERENTIAL STRATEGY FOR COVID-19
SESSION-4, HALL-3
Meeting ID: 729 064 4418
Passcode: 252525
Tokyo Time
19.08.2020 MODERATOR – Dr. Aygün Meherremova
2000:2200
İNSANIN VE İNSANLIĞIN KADERİNDE İBLİS
Prof. Dr. Asgerzade Azerbaycan Milli
(Hüseyin Cavid’in İblis trajedisi üzerine bir
Lütviyye Süleyman Bilimler Akademisi
inceleme)
Işıl Arıkan Saltık Muğla Sıtkı Koçman THE EFFECT OF COMMUNITY ATTACHMENT ON
Filiz Gümüş Dönmez University SUPPORT FOR FILM TOURISM
Doç.Dr.Neslihan TÜRKİYE’DE KURUMSAL SOSYAL SORUMLULUK

Çukurova Üniversitesi
Coşkun Karadağ PROJELERİNE YÖNELİK VERGİ AVANTAJLARI
UNIVERSITY STUDENTS’ EXPERIENCES OF

Ebru Melek Koç Inonu University
ERASMUS
INVESTIGATION, MODELING, AND SIMULATION
Batur Alp AKGÜL OF RADIOFREQUENCY
Hasan Kalyoncu
Ercument ABLATION SYSTEMS WITH FINITE ELEMENT
University
KARAPINAR METHOD FOR VARICOSE VEIN
TREATMENT
Afyon Kocatepe CARİ İŞLEMLER AÇIĞI VE KREDİ HACMİ İLİŞKİSİ:
Can YARDIMCI
Üniversitesi TÜRKİYE ÖRNEĞİ
ETKİN KAMU POLİTİKA YAPIMI SÜREÇLERİ;
Doç. Dr. Zuhal Ergen Çukurova Üniversitesi
KRİZLER GEÇİCİ DEVLET KALICIDIR
DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION IN ADVERTISING:
Cenk Arsun Yuksel Istanbul University
MOBILE ADVERTISEMENTS
TOKYO SUMMIT-II
2nd international conference on innovative studies of contemporary sciences
CONTENT
CONFERENCE ID I
PRESENTATION GALLERY II
PROGRAM III
CONTENT IV
Author & Title No

Aparna Vyas1,Ridhi Bhatnagar 1-8
IMAGE PROCESSING USING MULTISCALE TRANSFORM: A REVIEW
Aybike Üstündağ1, Doç. Dr. Çetin Gencer 9-19
PLC VE SCADA KULLANILARAK BİR ORCİK ÜRETİM SİSTEMİNİN
OTOMASYONU
Bijoy Das 20-26
PYROLYSIS MODELING OF WASTE-DERIVED FUEL THROUGH
COMBINED THERMODYNAMIC AND KINETIC SIMULATIONS
Elif Yıldırım Ayaz , Nalan Okuroğlu, Ali Özdemir 27-30
DIABETES UNAWARENESS IN PATIENTS HOSPITALIZED IN THE
INTERNAL MEDICINE CLINIC
Farzad Hossain, Md. Ashrafuzzaman Miah 31-38
COMPUTATIONAL INVESTIGATION OF WAVY CARBON NANOTUBE
REINFORCED POLYMER COMPOSITES
Ferhat Cagri ARAS, Aparna Srivastava 39-43
INDUSTRIAL POLICIES IN NEO-LIBERAL ERA: A COMPARISON
AMONG TURKEY, USA, AND INDIA
Gözde YÜCEL TENEKECİ, Osman KUTSAL 44-47
CONCOMITANT LYMPHOMA AND TUBERCULOSIS IN A PARROT
Jyoti Rastogi1, P. Bubber, R.K. Singh 48-54
IN VITRO MORPHOGENETIC RESPONSES IN LEAF DISC EXPLANTS
OF SUGARCANE (Saccharum Officinarum L.) COS 96268
K. Parthipana 55-74
MOLECULAR STRUCTURAL ELUCIDATION AND LOCATION OF MN(II)
ION IN DIAQUAZINC(DIAQUABISMALONATO)ZINCATE BY
SPECTROSCOPIC STUDIES
TOKYO SUMMIT-II
2nd international conference on innovative studies of contemporary sciences
Kadir Öcalan 75-81

DIFFERENTIAL CROSS SECTION CALCULATIONS AT (N)NLO
ACCURACY FOR THE W BOSON PLUS JET PRODUCTION IN PROTON-
PROTON COLLISIONS AT 13 TEV
Nazma Akter
AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OVER BANGLADESHI LEARNERS’ ATTITUDE 82-89
TOWARD KOREAN LANGUAGE AS K-FAN IN 2020
Palaniappan Selvakumar, Muthusamy Sarojadevi 90-101
EFFECT OF MOLECULAR WEIGHT ON THERMAL BEHAVIOR AND
PROCESSABILITY OF OLIGOMERIC PHTHALONITRILE RESINS
Amit Joshi, Preeti Bhaskar 102-107
REMOTE TEACHING AMIDST COVID19 IN INDIA: APPROACH,
CHALLENGES & LEARNING
Ridhima Nehra , Rojin Joseph , Aparna Vyas 108-115
COMPARISION OF IMAGE DENOISING USING WAVELET
TRANSFORM AND WAVELET PACKET TRANSFORM
Ruchi Gupta , Harendra Kumar Jindal, Sarvesh, Raj Kumar, Chhavi 116-119
Baliyan
A LITERATURE REVIEW OF LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS:
BASED ON CASE
Burak Şentürken, Rukiye Ertan 120-125
INVESTIGATION OF RESISTANCE SPOT WELDABILITY OF TITANIUM
ALLOY WITH ALUMINUM ALLOY
Siddhant 126-128
A NEW FILTER FOR SAFE VIEW OF SOLAR ECLIPSE
C. Sivashanmugaraja 129-135
ON FUZZY CONTRA PRE-γ-CONTINUOUS MAPPINGS IN FUZZY
TOPOLOGICAL SPACES
INTERNATIONAL TOKYO CONFERENCE ON INNOVATIVE STUDIES OF
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
CONTEMPORARY SCIENCES-II
IMAGE PROCESSING USING MULTISCALE TRANSFORM: A REVIEW
Aparna Vyas1* and Ridhi Bhatnagar2

1*, 2
Department of Mathematics, Manav Rachna University, Faridabad, India
Abstract
This paper review about the recently published papers that deals with the application of wavelet
transformation in image processing including image denoising, image compression and bring up the
light on the theory of shearlet transformation that can upgrade the future of wavelet transformation.
Keyword: wavelet transformation, image denoising, image compression, shearlet transformation.
Introduction
In history, wavelet was firstly discovered by Grossman and Morlet [18], they Shower light on the
word from French language "ondelette"(small wave). The progress of wavelet can be attached with
many thoughts beginning with the Haar's work in 19th century [19]. In 1981 [18], Geophysicist Jean
Morlet bring the light on the concept of wavelet. Wavelet is suitable for stationary signals that can
instantaneously vary with time. It brings out researchers of different field from mathematicians,
quantum physics, electrical engineers and many more together to explore and bring out some extra
ordinary work together. Main applications of wavelets are image processing, signal processing,
geophysics application theory, Finger print verification, face recognition, automobile detection, [12-
18].
Wavelet transformation was introduced because of the limitation of Fourier analysis which is ideal in
case of studying the stationary data and give us knowledge of what frequency are present in your
signal and detail or information of Fourier analysis is invisible or lost and Short time Fourier analysis
comes out to be very sensitive towards the high or low change in the signal whereas wavelet was
introduced by considering non stationary data in mind and give us detail about the frequency present
on the signal and where wavelet transformation is localised but sine and cosine function of Fourier
transformation are not and they have single set of basic function but wavelet transformation has
infinite set of basic function.
In the recent time application of wavelet has taken a vast height in image denoising, image
compression, image enhancement and wavelet is used by FBI to encode its database of many finger
prints. In medical Field wavelet is used to detect the abnormalities of scans of various parts of the
living creatures. DNA analysis, Protein analysis, and computer graphics.
Now a day’s wavelet transformation plays an important role in image processing and much more
suitable when compared to Fourier transformation. Wavelet succeeded in much application such as
image denoising, image compression, super-resolution, image enhancement. In the 21st century where
image is considered one of the methods for communication and attracts people and wavelets provides
various applications to it.
Wavelets
The notion of wavelets came into being because the Fourier analysis which depends on oscillating
building blocks is poorly suited to signals that change suddenly. A wavelet [19] is crudely a function
which together dilates and translates determine all functions of our need.
A function 𝜓 ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ) is called an orthonormal wavelet if the system {𝜓𝑗,𝑘 } forms an orthonormal
j
basis for 𝐿2 (ℝ) where 𝜓j,k = 22 (2j x − k) where j, k ∈ ℤ
Types of wavelets
Haar wavelet was first discovered by Alfred Haar [19] in the 19th century, included a square shape of
functions which joint and form wavelet. It has a low computing requirement which allow us to take a
1
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
step forward in image processing but it has limited application as it is not continuous, In 1988,
Daubechies [8] work immediately stimulated a rapid development in the theory and applications of
wavelet analysis. DbN can be considered to be the good example discrete wavelet transformation). It
is the family of orthonormal wavelets. Each DbN is associated with a scaling function which is
capable to generate orthonormal MRA It was found that some of the DbN (N = 1 to 10) not
necessarily symmetric. Db1 is same as the Haar wavelet and have a supportive length 2N-1, Meyer
Wavelet [27] was introduced by Yves Meyer in 19th century [27]. It can be applied in many cases
such as adaptive filters, fractal random fields and many more, it is continuous and orthogonal, Morlet
Wavelet When complex exponential is multiplied which the Gaussian window is lead to the formation
of Morlet wavelet. it has many applications and used in the analysis of abnormal heartbeat behaviour
in the electrocardiogram (ECG).
Wavelet Transformation
The wavelet transform was first introduced in the context of a mathematical transform by Grossman
and Morlet in 1984 [1]. It is a tool which allows us to cut the data, function or operator into different
frequency which allow us to study each component with a resolution that can match to the scale.
Continuous Wavelet transformation: The continuous wavelet transformation (CWT) of a function

𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ) with respect to 𝜓 ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ) is given by
𝑗
∞
𝐶𝑊𝑇(𝑓)(𝑎, 𝑏) = |𝑎|2 ∫−∞ 𝑓(𝑥)𝜓 (𝑎 𝑗 (𝑥 − 𝑏)) 𝑑𝑥 . (1)
Continuous wavelet transformation is very effective in determining the damping ratio of oscillating
signals. CWT provides more detail information of time-scale representation as compared to Short
Time Fourier transformation which is capable to prove us the time-frequency information. CWT is
used in decomposing the signal into high and low frequency components. They consist of real valued
and complex valued wavelet.
Discrete Wavelet Transformation: The discrete wavelet transformation (DWT) of a given function
𝑓(𝑥) ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ) with respect to 𝜓 ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ) is given by
𝑗
∞ 𝑗
𝐷𝑊𝑇(𝑓)(𝑎, 𝑏) = |𝑎|2 ∫−∞ 𝑓(𝑥)𝜓(𝑎0 𝑥 − 𝑘𝑏0 )𝑑𝑥 (2)
where 𝑎0 ≠ 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑗, 𝑘 ∈ ℤ. DWT transforms the discrete time signal to a discrete wavelet
representation it is very beneficial in removing noises from image and it can also be termed as image
processing. DWT is capable in various application fields such as from signal analysis to signal
compression. Main application is to remove noise from an all kind of signals, images can be stated as
image denoising. DWT decomposes the signal into 'approximation' and 'detail' coefficients at each
level.
Multiresolution Analysis: It was 1989[25-26], Stephane G. Mallat discovered the underlying concept
for obtaining orthonormal wavelets now popularly known as the Multiresolution analysis (MRA). The
main purpose of the analysis is to obtain various approximations of a function at different resolution.
It also provides the fast implementation of wavelet decomposition and reconstruction that makes
wavelet to be a practical tool for image processing and have a bright future in medical images.
Let {𝑉𝑗 ; 𝑗 ∈ ℤ} be the closed subspace of the subspace 𝐿2 (ℝ) combine with 𝜑 is known as MRA if it
satisfies the following properties
• (Increasing) 𝑉𝑗 ⊂ 𝑉𝑗+1
• (separation) ∩𝑗 𝑉𝑗 = {0} 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑗 ∈ ℤ
• (density) ∪𝑗 𝑉𝑗 = 𝐿2 (ℝ) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑗 ∈ ℤ
• (scaling) 𝑓(2𝑡) ∈ 𝑉𝑗+1 iff 𝑓(𝑡) ∈ 𝑉𝑗 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑗 ∈ ℤ
• (orthonormal basis) There exist a function 𝜑 ∈ 𝑉0 such that {𝜑(𝑡 − 𝑛); 𝑛 ∈ ℤ} forms an
orthonormal basis for 𝑉0
2
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
2-Dimension Wavelet Transformations: An image can be considered to be the best example for 2
dimensions and with the help of wavelet transformation applying to the image and it leads to the
formation of various applications such as image denoising, image enhancement, super-resolution,
image compression and many more. Decoded image of wavelet transformation or in simple words,
image can be claimed as a 2-dimensional Signal.
Image consists of pixels and we can say that image can be considered as a matrix which contains pixel
values with N (number of rows) and M (number of columns) present in it. We can study the image
using the H, V, D sub-bands of the image or Horizontal, vertical and diagonal sub-bands of the image.
After that image can be treated as in one-dimension and algorithm can be applied to the image [30,
31]. Scaling function can be given as
1
𝑊𝜓 (𝑗0 , 𝑚, 𝑛) = 𝑀𝑁 ∑𝑀−1 𝑁−1
𝑥=0 ∑𝑦=0 𝑓(𝑥)𝜓(𝑗0 , 𝑚, 𝑛) (3)
√
where 𝑗0 is an arbitrary scaling function 𝑊𝜓 (𝑗0 , 𝑚, 𝑛)coefficient define the approximation at a scale 𝑗0
of 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) can be determined by 2-dimension inverse wavelet transformation. Diagonal, Horizontal,
vertical sub bands (𝑖 = 𝐻, 𝑉, 𝐷) are represented by
1
𝑊𝜓𝑖 = ∑𝑀−1 𝑁−1 𝑖
𝑥=0 ∑𝑦=0 𝑓(𝑥)𝜓𝑗,𝑚,𝑛 (𝑥, 𝑦) (4)
√𝑀𝑁
Application of wavelet in Image processing:
In 1964, Jet Propulsion Laboratory applied used the technique of image processing in improvising in
quality of the digital image [2]. In 1970 [21-30], the concept of image processing was applied to
medical images devices which generated 2D image and 3D, volume by passing X ray. Moreover, it
has much application in various fields such as defence, robot vision and many more.
Applying wavelets in image processing provides various applications such as image denoising [21-30]
which means removing noise from a image which may arises due to various reasons such as imperfect
instrument, due to natural phenomenon and many more. It is useful in compressing the size of the
image without losing the quality [35], enhancing the quality of the image and super-resolution of
image enhances. Image processing is considered to be a new application on wavelets transformation
which is growing and has a capability to attain great height in the coming future. Detail information
that when the image is passed with low pass filters and high pass filters along rows which provide
horizontal approximation and horizontal detail which pass through low pass and high pass filters
along columns which lead to the formation of approximation, vertical detail, horizontal detail and
diagonal detail
Image Denoising:
Figure 1: image denoising
Wavelet transformation is very effective in removing noises from the images. Firstly, images get
decomposes into 4 sub-images i.e., approximation, horizontal, vertical and diagonal and the same step
is followed further and noise is added to image and denoised with the help of wavelet and inverse
wavelet transformation. Denoising of an image is successful or not is measured by different type of
parameters such as PSNR, SSIM, MSE, RMSE and many more. We need to follow some step
1. Firstly determine the PSNR value of noised images. 2. After applying wavelet and inverse wavelet
transformation and determine the value of respected parameter.
Mallat and Hwang [25-26] introduced the wavelet transformation which is capable to demonstrate
application of signal which can change or vary with time. Donoho and stone introduce the world to
thresholding by coining hard or soft Thresholding wavelet denoising method [9-12]. Wood and
Johnson applied image denoising method to cardiac images to either complex or magnitude domain
3
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
and provide us with better signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio. Malfait and Roose [28] denoise image using
wavelet transformation; they considered 2 measures named as novel measure and classic measure.
Novel measure takes into account the geometrical constraints and classic measure taken into account
the smoothness of the image. The smoothness measure and the constraints are combined in a Bayesian
probabilistic formulation, implemented as MRF image model. The Manipulation of the wavelet
coefficients is consequently based on the obtained probabilities and the result provide us denoised
image. , magnitude images used both shrinkage denoising and Nowak's algorithm with both soft and
hard Thresholding which brings out the change in SNR with is associated with the kind of threshold
and compared the data-adaptive filtering proving us more suitable result as compared to the wavelet
shrinkage.
Argenti and Torricelli [3] took kind of wiener filter with shift-invariant, it proves that by the
parameter of filter and noise model and it proves that by the parameter of filter and noise model
wavelet decomposition can be determined and make it more well detailed. Xie et al [38] provide the
new spatially varying threshold, provided method for denoising based on the doubly stochastic
process. Wink and Roerdink [37] brings the light on a method that is suitable for low SNRs but cannot
be applied on reasonable quality images as they leads to heavy decomposition as it estimated two
denoising method that are Gaussian and Wavelet based smoothing. In the result it was found that at
low SNR both of the technique comes out with same kind of result but in case of high SNR Wavelet
method provides us better result that means Wavelet method is more successful as compared to the
other method that is Gaussian method.
Choi and Baranuik [7] took images of complex set have a property that their norms are bounded
called Besov norms it took an algorithm forward with the image of wavelet shrinkage in mind that
somehow matches with the wavelet shrinkage and prove that it can be used for image denoising and
proposed POCS algorithm and shows much more suitable result. Yoon and Vaidyanathan [39] offered
the custom Thresholding scheme that can easily outperform the traditional Thresholding technique.
Hsung et al. [21] took into consideration the traditional method and provide the improved version of
traditional method by using the below steps:
1. Second order orthogonal pre-_filter design method that was taken into consideration and apply on
multi wavelets having higher multiplicity to determine the result.
2. Stein's unbiased risk estimator or SURE was used to check the result for each and every resolution
point and provide us the result that multivariate shrinkage of higher multiplicity provide much more
better result. Sudha et al. [32] proposed a method to denoise a image using denoising technique and
Thresholding function (optimize) . Noise image is taken to measure the denoising result and in result
the proposed algorithm outperform the result wavelet based technique.
Poorna Chandra [31] took a signal which is contaminated by Gaussian noised and applies wavelet
denoising method to the signal to recover the noises and study the noise-free reconstruction property.
Vohra and Tayal [35] performed the removal of noise using discrete wavelet transformation. The
experiments were conducted to study the suitability of different wavelet and the result shows that
coiflet wavelet perform extremely well in image denoising. And in 2010, 2011 many denoising
effective image denoising methods based on this model combining different transforms are obtained.
Giaourisa and Finch [17] took wavelet transformation and provide a scheme denoising that stop the
signal from desorting and the noise components were found to be very small. Veena et al.[24] took
one dimensional signal and work on the extension of it to two dimensional image processing.
Vyacheslar V. Lyashenko, M Ayas Ahmad, Oleg Kobylin [36] took the method of denoising into a
forward direction and introduces it into polymer science and provide the result that wavelet
transformation allow us to select the specific area that is to be analysed, discussed the possibility of
wavelet analysis as a separate procedure for processing the image of polymer composite analysis as
separate procedure for processing the image of polymer composite.
Khairul, Yunus, Umam [33] used Shows the comparative study for image denoising and used discrete
Wavelet transformation in order to show which one is more successful and the result comes out that
PSNR and MSE value shows the result is extremely promising in favour of quaternion wavelet
transformation.. Setu Garg, Ritu Vijay, Shabhana uruj [15]; compared the image denoising technique
in medical MR images and apply different kind of filters such as mean, median and adaptive filter as
when the result of PSNR and RMSE is compared the result show us that adaptive filter give us more
dazzling result as compared to the left 2 filters. Fathimuthu Johorah and Shajun Nisha [22] used
4
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
wavelet transformation on MRI Liver Image Using Discrete Wavelet Transformation; image is
denoised using mean and median filters. Inverse wavelet transform is applied to the taken image to
reconstruct the image. Image qualitative was measured by PSNR, MSE. DB4 provide us the
successful result as compared to the other.
Image compression:
Image compression means to reduce the size of an image without having any compromising in the
quality of the image which allows us to store more images in limited memory. It is considered to be
most important application of image processing using wavelet transformation. Wavelet transformation
gives better quality as compared to traditional JPEG algorithm J.C. Feauveau gave their contribute to
this field that and considered a satellite image that can be compressed with the help of wavelet with
multi-wavelet based wavelet. Khashman and Dimililer [23] introduced optimum compression system
by compressing a digital image with help of neutral network and Haar wavelet transformation.
Amir Averbuch, Danny Lazar, and Moshe Israeli [5] proposed an algorithm for image compression
combination with wavelet transformation. Firstly black and white image is compressed and the result
shows that PSNR value is above 30 and Compression ratio comes out to be 60-65. Further, applied the
same method for compressing the images of face and decomposed faces and the result is determined
by the PSNR value that comes out to be 30-36 and Compression ratio 38-40. Praveen and Elamaran
[13] they attempted to reduce the bits of an image per pixel, Garg and gupta developed function
which can compete with DCT which help us to compress the images, took the image and transform
the image in eight by eight blocks and inverse transformation is applied to reconstruct the image.
Macarena Boix, Begona Canto [5] introduced the new type of Thresholding in wavelet
transformation method where they have a certain value of Thresholding and the coefficient whose
value are less than the threshold value are removed with the aim to get the successful compression
ratio and to retain the energy and applied the method in 20 images. In THR1 comes out that
compression ratio is very small and retained energy is 99.9973 and further decrement by 0.04 percent
and slight increase in compression ratio was measured. Sonja Grgic, KreSimir KerS, Mislav Grgic
[16] in this paper they include some basics of wavelet and compare the types of wavelets in image
compression. Proved that discrete wavelet transformation performed better in compression ratio when
compared to the JPEG image. Although the compression ratio of image compression of JPEG comes
out to be good but there are some blocking artefacts in high compression ratio and it is not present in
wavelet based method.
Vikas Pandey [30] apply the mother wavelets and the result is observed with PSNR and CR. Discrete
Wavelet transformation was used to decompose a image and by the help of inverse wavelet
transformation the image was reconstructed and the PSNR value comes out to be 40 Db after the
compression steps followed, then the two images are indistinguishable. Khatun and Chowdhury [6]
introduce a new scheme for image compression with discrete wavelet transformation and provide the
sufficient high compression ratio without any decrease in the quality of the image.
Mridul Kumar Mathur and Gunjan mathur used wavelet transformation to compress the image and
measure the result through parameter PSNR, MSE and CR that proves to be successful. Ravi Prakash
Dewangan Singh Studies the behaviour along with different type of images and introduce to the type
of function which is appropriate for all type of images and the result is measured by PSNR, MSE, and
CR ratio. Mohammad Al-Shereef [29] compressed the image using Daubechies Wavelet
transformation and compare with different kind of image and result comes out to be that stamp images
shows better CR ratio rather than the other images and the result was compared by PSNR or PSNR
value of stamp images is higher than the others.
T.S Hasan [20] introduces to the concept in traditional denoising method and ignoring the less
affected element and taken high impact element in consideration and considers DCP method and the
result comes out to be satisfactory. R. Vidyapriya and B. Vidya [34] proposed a different method for
image compression along with exemplar based inpainting and image is divided into different regions
which is textually important and textually not important regions. Wavelet transformation is applied to
compress an image at different regions and Compression ratio is calculated separately. Later, inverse
wavelet transformation is applied on the compressed image at decoder side to reconstruct the image.
Exemplars are used to cut down the blocking consequence and image borderline regions effectively.
Result shows us satisfactory result as compared to the original image.
5
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Amjad Ali, Ayaz Ullah, Anwar Hussain, Sulaiman Khan, Shah Nazir[31] Proposed the algorithm
which works when image is considered to half of its length and which is termed as detailed level.
Haar wavelet transformation, discrete cosine transformation and run length encoding techniques is
carried out to compress the image result. For stimulation purpose image is segmented into 8X8 and
image is decoded operation is carried out to reconstruct the image and the result was tested by PSNR
and CR which provide the satisfactory result in case of Haar wavelet transform which proves that
Haar wavelet transformation is more successful in case of this proposed image compression technique
as compared to Discrete cosine transformation and run length encoding technique. Ruchi Agarwal,
C.S. Salimath and Khursheed Alam [1] took true colour image where image is compressed using
discrete wavelet transformation through sub band coding, number of compression carried out from
single, double and triple and the method used was Wavelet Difference Reduction (WDR), adaptively
Scanned Wavelet Difference Reduction (ASWDR), Set Partioning In Hierarchical Trees (SPIH), Set
Partioning In Hierarchical Trees3D (SPIH3D), Spatial - orientation Tree wavelet (STW), Embedded
zero tree wavelet (EZW) and CR, BPP, PSNR and MSE value is calculated in each step. In result it
was found that the image loses information when compressed second and their time. Now for grey
scale image MRI image is compressed triple times using Haar wavelet, Daubechies wavelet, Symlet
wavelet, coiflet wavelet, Biorthogonal wavelet and the result comes out to that Haar wavelet,
Daubechies type 4 and Biorthogonal wavelets are the best performance when compared with other
wavelets.
Shearlet Transformation:
Wavelet was introduced after the limitation of Fourier and Short time Fourier analysis and performs
very well and proved to be very beneficial but even moon is not all white that means wavelet too have
a limitation and does not show the successful results in case of multivariate data, In higher dimension
which leads to the introduction of various discontinuities that is distributed in various areas or as
dominant such as edges of the surface or boundary of the surface. After the limitation curvelet
transformation was introduced and within the same year shearlet transformation was introduced by
Guo, Kutyniok, Labate, Lim and Weiss hence it overcome the limitation of wavelet analysis that are
present in multivariate data. It can be claimed as an extension of wavelet
Transformation and it can be derived from the single set of generator or from the finite set of
operators and anisotropic features are present in shearlet as it is beneficial in multivariate data,
algorithm of wavelet is somehow more time consuming than the algorithm if shearlet transformation
or it is considered to provide the fast result. Extension of wavelet transformation can be termed as
Shearlet transformation. They are directional sensitive, crucial in multidimensional data. They are
constructed by parabolic. They not only high level of mathematical structure as same as wavelets but
also contain the following property i.e. the directional wavelets, the complex wavelets, ridgelets and
the contourlets, curvelets.
Continuous shearlet system and continuous shearlet transformation:

Continuous shearlet system: The analysing operator must consist of a waveform with the support of
𝑎 0
anisotropic utilize the family of dilation operator 𝐷𝐴𝑎 , 𝑎 > 0 and 𝐴𝑎 = ( 1/2 ) and it corresponds
0 𝑎
to parabolic scaling (dilation corresponds to scaling [38]), parabolic scaling is taken into consideration
in order to have a n optimally sparse approximations. Next, we need to change the orientation of the
waveform (not rotational, because it may end up by destroying the structure of the lattice), Hence
1 𝑠
shearing operator is used given by {𝐷𝑠 ; 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑠 ∈ ℝ} and shearing matrix is defied by 𝑆𝑠 = ( ).
0 1
Standard 𝑇𝑡 is used as a translation operator [39] and the combination of the above three operators, we
can define the continuous shearlet system.
Continuous shearlet transformation: Function 𝑓 ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ2 ) corresponding to the continuous shearlet

transformation map can be stated as 𝑓 → 𝑆𝐻𝜓𝑐 𝑓(𝑎, 𝑠, 𝑡) = < 𝑓, 𝜎(𝑎, 𝑠, 𝑡)𝜓 >, where 𝑡 ∈ ℝ2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑠 ∈
ℝ.
Discrete shearlet system and discrete shearlet transformation
6
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Discrete shearlet system: Various ideas was taken into consideration in older to form the
orthonormal
basis of 𝐿2 (ℝ2 ), co-orbit theory was taken into consideration ,. A discrete wavelet system irregular
with 𝜓 and Λ is associated with 𝜓 ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ2 ) and Λ ⊆ 𝑆 can be written as
−3 (5)
𝑑
𝑆𝐻𝜓,Λ = {𝑎 4 𝜓(𝐴−1 −1
𝑎 𝑆𝑠 (· −𝑡); 𝑎, 𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ Λ}
Discrete shearlet transformation: The transformation can be associated can be described as all 𝑓 ∈
𝐿2 (ℝ2 ) such that
𝑓 → 𝑆𝐻𝜓𝑑 𝑓(𝑗, 𝑘, 𝑚) 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑗, 𝑘 ∈ ℤ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚 ∈ ℤ2 (6)
Conclusion:
In this paper we have gone through the theory of wavelet and how it has a application on image
processing and reviewed the work that is carried in image denoising, image compression, wavelet has
many application such as signal processing and image processing and discuss the limitation of
wavelet analysis and basics of shearlet transformation and its type which proves that it is very
important in coming future.
References
[1] Ruchi Agarwal, C.S. Salimath, Khursheed Alam (2019), Multiple Image Compression in Medical
Imaging Techniques using Wavelets for Speedy Transmission and Optimal Storage, Biomedical and
Pharmacology Journal., Vol. 12(1), p. 183-198.
[2] H.Andrews, A.G. Tescher, R.P.Kruger (1972) Image processing by digital computer. IEEE Spectr,
Vol.9(7), 20-32.
[3] F. Argenti, G. Torricelli (2003). Speckle suppression in ultrasonic images based on undecimated
wavelets, EURASIP Journal on Applied Signal Processing,
[4] A. Averbuch, D.Lazar and M. Israeli (1996), Image compression using wavelet transform and
Multiresolution decomposition. IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, 5(1), 4-15.
[5] M. Boix and B. Canto (2010), Wavelet Transform application to the compression of images,
Mathematical and Computer Modelling, 52(7-8), 1265-1270.
[6] M.M.H chawdhary and A. Khatun (2012), Image compression using discrete wavelet
transformation, International journal of computer science , 9(4),327- 330.
[7] H. Choi and R. G. Baranuik (2004), Multiple wavelet basis image denoising using besov ball
projections, IEEE Signal Processing Letters, 11(9).
[8] I. Daubechies (1989), Ten Lectures on Wavelets, SIAM, Philadelphia, p.194.
[9] D. L Donoho and I. M. John stone (1994), Ideal spatial adaptation via wavelet shrinkage,
Biometrika, 81 (3) 425-455.
[10] D. L Donoho (1995), De-Noising by Soft-Threshold, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory,
41(3), 613-627.
[11] D. L. Donoho and I. M. John stone (1995), Adapting to Unknown Smoothness via Wavelet
Shrinkage, Journal of American Stat Assoc, 12, 1200- 1224
[12] D. L. Donoho and I. M. John stone (1995), Adapting to Unknown Smoothness via Wavelet
Shrinkage, Journal of American Stat Assoc, 12, 1200- 1224.
[13] V. Elamaran, and A. Praveen (2012), Comparison of DCT and wavelets in image coding,
International Conference on Computer Communication and Informatics (ICCCI), IEEE, 1-4
[14] R.C Gonzalez R.E Woods (2006), Digital Image Processing, 3rd edn. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
[15] Setu Garg, Ritu Vijay, Shabhana uruj (2019), Statistical approach to compare the denoising
technique in medical images', International conference on pervasive computating advances and
management , Procedia Computer Science 152, 367-374
[16] S. Grgic, K. Kers and M. (n.d.) Grgic, Image compression using wavelets. ISIE 99. Proceedings
of the IEEE International Symposium on Industrial Electronics (Cat. No.99TH8465).
doi:10.1109/isie.1999.801765
7
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
[17] D. Giaouris and J. W. Finch (2009), Denoising using wavelets on electrive drive applications,
Electric Power Systems Research
[18] A. Grossmann and J. Morlet (1984), Decomposition of Hardy functions into square integrable
wavelets of constant shape, SIAM J. Anal. 15, pp. 723-736
[19] Alfred Haar (1910), Zur Theorie der orthogonalen Funktionensysteme, Mathematische Annalen,
69 (3): 331-371
[20] Dr.T Hasan (2017), Image compression using discrete wavelet transform and discrete cosine
transform, journal of applied science research ,ISSN 1819-544.
[21] T. S. Huang and R. Y. Tsay (1984), Multiple frame image restoration and registration, Advances
in Computer Vision and Image Processing, 1, 317-339.
[22] F.Joharah and S. Nisha (2016), Denoising MRI Liver Image Using Discrete Wavelet Transform'
International Journal of Trend in Research and Development, Volume 4(1), ISSN: 2394-9333
[23] A. Khashman and K. Dimililer (2018), Image Compression using Neural Networks
and Haar Wavelet, WSEAS Transactions on Image Processing, 4(5), 330- 339.
[24] P.V. Leena, G. Remmiya Devi, V. Sowmya and K. P. Somam (2016), Least square based image
denoising using wavelet filters, Indian journal of science and technology, 9(30).
[25] S. Mallat and W. L. Hwang (1992), Singularity detection and processing with Wavelets, IEEE
Transactions on Information Theory, 38 (2), 617-643and processing with Wavelets, IEEE
Transactions on Information Theory, 38 (2), 617-643.
[26] S. G. Mallat (1989), A theory for multiresolution signal decomposition: the wavelet
representation, IEEE Transactions on Pattern Recognition and Machine Intelligence. 11 (7): 674-693.
[27] Meyer (1990), Ondelettes et op_erateurs: Ondelettes. Hermann. ISBN 9782705661250.
[28] M. Malfait, D.Roose 1997, Wavelet based image denoising using a Markov random field a priori
model, IEEE Trans. Image Process. 6(4)
[29] Niola, G. Quaremba, S. Savino (2005) , The objects location from images binarized by means of
self-learning neural network, Trans. on Systems, Vol. 4, Issue 4, pp 417-423.
[30] V. Pandey (2014), Analysis of Image compression using wavelets, International Journal of
Computer Applications (0975 { 8887) Volume 103 no. 17
[31] S. Poornachandra (2008), Wavelet-based denoising using subband dependent threshold for ECG
signals, Digital Signal Processing, 18, 49-55.
[32] S. Sudha, G.R.Suresh, R Sukanesh (2007), Wavelet based image denoising using adaptive
thresholding, Int. Conf. Comput. Intell. Multimed. Appl. 305, 296-300
[33] Ahmad Khairul Umam and Mahmud Yunus (2018), Quaternion wavelet transformation for
image denoising, J. Phys. Conf. Ser. 974 012006.
[34] B. Vidhya and R. Vidhyapriya, Image compression and reconstruction by examplar based
inpainting using wavelet transform on textural regions, Cluster Computing
,https://doi.org/10.1007/s10586-018-1777-z
[35] R. Vohra, Tayal (2011), An Image restoration using thresholding techniques on wavelet
coeffcients, Int. J. Comput. Sci. Issues 8(5), 400-404
[36] Vyacheslav, Lyashenko, Ayaz Ahmad ,Oleg Kobylin 2017, Wavelet analysis as a learning tool in
polymer composite, American Journal of Engineering Research (AJER),e-ISSN:2320-0936,volume
6,issue I,pp-01-06.
[37] A. M. Wink and Jos B. T. M. Roerdink (2004), Denoising functional MR Images a comparison
of wavelet denoising and gaussian smoothing, IEEE Transactions on Medical Imaging, 23(3).
[38] J. Xie, D. Zhang, and W. Xu (2003), Spatially adaptive wavelet denoising using the minimum
description length principle, IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, 13(2).
[39] B. J. Yoon and P. P. Vaidyanathan (2004), Wavelet-based denoising by customized thresholding.
IEEE Int. Conf. on Acoustics, Speech and signal processing (ICASSP)
8
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
PLC VE SCADA KULLANILARAK BİR ORCİK ÜRETİM SİSTEMİNİN OTOMASYONU
Arş. Gör. Aybike Üstündağ1*, Doç. Dr. Çetin Gencer2

1*
Munzur Üniversitesi, Mühendislik Fakültesi, Elektrik Elektronik Mühendisliği, Tunceli, Türkiye.
2
Fırat Üniversitesi, Teknoloji Fakültesi, Elektrik Elektronik Mühendisliği, Elazığ, Türkiye.
Özet
Orcik, Elazığ yöresinde üzümden ya da duttan elde edilen şıranın un ve özel bir toprakla bulamaç
haline getirilip ceviz dizili ipin bu bulamaca istenilen kalınlığa göre bir veya daha fazla kez batırılıp
güneşte kurutulmasıyla elde edilen yöresel bir üründür. Bu çalışmada, Türkiye'de tüketiminin yanısıra
Avrupa ülkelerine de ihraç edilen orciğin fabrika otomasyon sistemi ile üretimine yönelik bir
benzetimi yapılmıştır. Doğal klasik yöntemlerle üretilen orciğin her bir üretim aşaması ele alınarak
Programlanabilir Mantıksal Denetleyici (PLC) otomasyon sistemi ile tasarımı yapılmış ve SCADA
üzerinde benzetimi gerçekleştirilmiştir. Tasarlanan sistemle, orcik üretiminin klasik yöntem yerine
PLC tabanlı otomasyon sistemine geçişi amaçlanmıştır.
Elektrikli makineler, hızla büyüyen otomasyon hızının bir sonucu olarak sektörün bir parçası haline
gelmiştir. Geleneksel endüstriyel işlemler makinelerin manuel çalıştırılmasıyla olur ve bu işlemler
manuel müdahaleye bağlıdır. Bu süreç zaman alıcı ve pahalıdır. Endüstrilerdeki yönlendirme
görevlerinin otomatikleştirilmesi verimliliği arttırır. Minimal insan müdahalesiyle PLC gibi
otomasyon araçları kullanılarak tekrarlayan sürecin otomasyonu, geliştirilmiş verim, azaltılmış işletme
maliyetleri, geliştirilmiş üretim hacimleri, daha iyi kalite kontrol ve endüstriyel güvenlik sağlanır [1].
Anahtar kelimeler: PLC, SCADA, Orcik üretimi.
Summary
Orcik is a local product obtained from grape or berry in Elazığ region by making the syrup with flour
and special soil into a slurry and dipping the string of walnuts into this slurry one or more times
according to the desired thickness and drying it in the sun.In this study, a simulation of the production
of orcik, which is exported to European countries as well as its consumption in Turkey, was made with
factory automation system. The orcik produced by natural classical methods has been designed with
programmable logical controller (PLC) automation system taking into consideration each production
stage and simulated on SCADA.With the system designed, the transition of orcik production to PLC
based automation system instead of classical method is aimed.
Electrical machines have become part of the industry as a result of the rapidly growing pace of
automation. Conventional industrial operations happen by manual operation of machines and these
operations depend on manual intervention. This process is time-consuming and expensive.
Automating routing tasks in industries increases productivity. By using PLC automation tools such as
automation of repetitive processes with minimal human intervention, improved efficiency, reduced
operating costs, improved production volumes, include better quality control and industrial safety [1].
Keywords: PLC,SCADA, Orcik production.
9
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
GİRİŞ
Sistemlerin planlanan sırayla kontrol edilmesini ve gerçek zamanlı gözlemlenmesini sağlayan süreç
otomasyon olarak adlandırılabilir. Otomasyon, kontrol sistemlerinin, akıllı elektronik cihazların, yeni
iletişim teknolojilerinin iş kalitesini artırmak, sistemin daha iyi izlenmesi ve kontrol edilmesini
sağlamak için kullanılmaktadır [2].
Orcik, Elazığ yöresinde üzümden ya da duttan elde edilen şıranın un ve özel bir toprakla bulamaç
haline getirilip ceviz dizili ipin bu bulamaca istenilen kalınlığa göre bir veya daha fazla kez batırılıp
güneşte kurutulmasıyla elde edilen yöresel bir üründür. Geleneksel orcik şu şekilde yapılmaktadır;
toplanan üzümler teknede ezilerek suyu çıkarıldıktan sonra bir gün dinlenmeye bırakılır ve üzüm suyu
kazana boşaltılıp odun ateşinde kaynatılır. Kaynayan üzüm suyuna pekmez toprağı katılır. Üzüm şırası
ile karıştırılan un süzgeçten geçirilip kazana ilave edilir. Bu süreçte topaklanma olmaması için
bulamaç sürekli olarak karıştırılır. Cevizler kırılıp suda bekletildikten sonra ikiye ayrılıp iğne ile iplere
dizilir. İpe dizili cevizler istenilen kalınlığı elde edene kadar bulamaca batırılıp çıkarıldıktan sonra
asılarak güneşte kurumaya bırakılır. Bu çalışmada yapımı oldukça zahmetli olan orcik yapımı için bir
fabrika otomasyon sistemi tasarlanmış ve Denetleyici Kontrol ve veri toplama (SCADA) üzerinde
benzetimi gerçekleştirilmiştir.
SCADA sistemi, üretim ve iletim sistemlerini denetler, kontrol eder, optimize eder ve yönetir. Bu
sistemlerin ana bileşeni, verileri otomatik olarak toplayan ve doğrudan sensörlere, sayaçlara,
kaydedicilere veya süreç ekipmanlarına bağlanan uzak terminal üniteleridir.
Denetim, bir sürece komuta etmek ve çalışmasını denetlemekten oluşur. Bu amaca ulaşmak için, bir
sürecin denetim sistemi, süreçle bağlantılı önemli veri kaynaklarını toplamalı, denetlemeli ve
kaydetmeli, olası işlev kaybını tespit etmeli ve uyarı vermelidir. Denetim sisteminin temel amacı,
sistemi son derece otomatik bir süreci kontrol etme ve yönetme fırsatı vermektir. Bu nedenle,
endüstriyel süreçlerin denetimi, bir süreci kontrol etmeyi ve çalışmasını denetlemeyi amaçlayan bir
dizi görevi içerir [3].
OTOMASYON SİSTEMLERİNDE PLC KULLANIMI
PLC'ler çok çeşitli otomatik sistemler ve süreçler için kontrol merkezleridir. Ekipmanı kontrol etmek
için anahtarları ve röleleri simüle etmek için transistörler ve diğer devre elemanlarını kullanan çoklu
girişler ve çıkışlar içerirler. Standart bilgisayar arabirimleri ve özel diller ve ağ seçenekleri ile
arabirimlenen yazılımlarla programlanabilirler.
PLC’ler için mevcut girişler arasında DC, AC, analog, termokupl, RTD, frekans veya darbe, transistör
ve kesme girişleri bulunur. PLC'lerin çıkışları arasında DC, AC, röle, analog, frekans veya darbe,
10
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
transistör ve triyak bulunur. PLC'ler için programlama seçenekleri arasında ön panel, el tipi ve
bilgisayar bulunur [4].
Otomasyon sürecinde esneklik ve kolaylık sağlayan PLC sistemin ana parçasıdır. PLC yazılımı ile,
kullanıcının basamak mantığı veya başka bir programlama dili kullanarak PLC programının
programlanması ve işlemlerin kolay bir şekilde kontrol edilmesi sağlanır. Temel olarak, PLC'ler dahili
bir belleğe, giriş/çıkış arayüzlerine, merkezi işlem ünitesine (CPU) ve bir programlama cihazına sahip
endüstriyel bir bilgisayara çok benzer. Bir PLC'nin merkezi işlem birimi (CPU), iletişim ve izleme için
mikroişlemci, bellek yongası ve kontrol mantığı devresinden oluşur. CPU programı çalıştırmak ve
süreci başlatmak için çalışma modunda cihazdan çalışma mantığının yüklenmesi için programlama
modunda çalıştırılabilir. PLC programlamayı kolaylaştırmak için birçok uygulama yapılmıştır.
Yazılımın kullanımı sadece programın tasarımını tamamlamakla kalmaz, aynı zamanda benzetim ve
emülasyon da yapabilir [1].
Dış algılayıcılardan aldığı bilgiyi kendine yüklenen programa göre işleyen ve iş elemanlarına aktaran
mikro işlemci tabanlı bir cihaz olan PLC’ler, otomasyon sistemlerinde SCADA sistemi ile uyumlu
çalışan sanayi tipi bilgisayarlardır [5].
SCADA SİSTEMİ
Genellikle, SCADA sistemleri sanayide insan kontrolünün pratik olmadığı karmaşık sistemlerin
kontrolünü otomatikleştirmek için kullanılır. SCADA, tesislerde sistem kritiğini kontrol eder ve izler.
Tipik bir SCADA sistemi, kontrolörler, yazılım, ağlar, iletişim ve donanım giriş/çıkış sinyalinden
oluşur. SCADA sistemi ayrıca tanımlı ayarların denetimi için bir temel kontrol fonksiyonu sağlar.
SCADA sistemi genellikle etiket veya nokta adı verilen veri öğelerini içeren bir etiket veritabanı
olarak adlandırılan dağıtılmış bir veritabanı uygular. Bir nokta, sistem tarafından izlenen veya kontrol
edilen tek bir giriş veya çıkış değerini temsil eder. SCADA sistemi endüstrilerde sistemi kolay bir
şekilde kontrol etme imkanı sağlar [6].
SCADA sistemleri, tüm endüstri süreçlerini ve tesislerini izlemek ve kontrol etmek için endüstride
kullanılan merkezi bilgisayar kontrollü sistemlerdir [7].
SCADA sistemi telemetri ve veri toplama kombinasyonunu ifade eder. Verilerin uygulama alanındaki
belirli cihazlar tarafından ölçülmesiyle başlar ve akıllı elektronik cihazlar yoluyla toplanır, daha sonra
gerekli işleme ve kontrol algoritmalarını uygulamak için bu verileri bir ana istasyona aktarır. SCADA
sistemi dört bileşenden oluşur: enstrümantasyon, uzak istasyonlar, iletişim ağları ve ana terminal
ünitesi (MTU)[8].
11
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
ORCİĞİN YAPIM AŞAMALARI
Cevizlerin ipe dizilmesi
Orcik yapımı için cevizler kırıldıktan sonra yumuşaması için suda bekletilir. Yumuşayan cevizler
ikiye ya da dörde bölünerek Şekil 1’de görüldüğü gibi iğne ile ipe dizilir.
Şekil 1. Cevizlerin ipe dizilmesi [9]
Üzümlerin sıkılması
Üzümler teknede ezilip suyu çıkarılarak bulamaç yapımı için hazır hale getirilir. Bulamaç yapımı için
hazırlanmış üzüm suyu Şekil 2’de görülmektedir.
Şekil 2. Bulamaç yapımı için hazırlanmış üzüm suyu [9]
12
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Bulamaç pişirilmesi
Şekil 3’te görüldüğü gibi üzüm suyu kazana boşaltılıp odun ateşinde kaynatılır. Kaynayan üzüm
suyuna pekmez toprağı katılır. Üzüm şırası ile karıştırılan un süzgeçten geçirilip kazana ilave edilir.
Bulamaç kıvamını alana kadar sürekli olarak karıştırılır.
Şekil 3. Bulamacın ateşte pişirilmesi [9]
İpe dizili cevizlerin bulamaca batırılması
Hazırlanan bulamaca ipe dizilen cevizler istenilen kalınlığı elde edene kadar bulamaca batırılıp
çıkarıldıktan sonra asılarak Şekil 4’te görüldüğü gibi güneşte kurumaya bırakılır.
Şekil 4. Orciğin güneşte kurumaya bırakılması [9]
13
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
ORCİK YAPIMININ OTOMASYON SÜRECİ
Orcik makinesi otomasyon sistemi için TIA PORTAL üzerinde ladder diyagramı PLC programlama
dili kullanılmıştır. Sistemin PLC kodu Şekil 5’te görülmektedir.
Otomasyon sürecinin çalışması şu şekildedir; Sistemde Start butonuna basıldığında ceviz konveyörü
çalışır ve cevizler su dolu süzgeçli kaba boşaltılır. Daha sonra üzüm konveyörü çalışarak üzümler pres
makinesine aktarılır ve pres makinesi çalıştırılır ve elde edilen üzüm suyu bir hunide birikir. Huninin
selenoid valfi açılarak üzüm suyunun siloya aktarımı sağlanır. Karıştırma kazanına istenilen
miktarlarda üzüm suyu, pekmez toprağı ve un aktarılması için üzüm suyu, pekmez toprağı ve un
silolarının selenoid valfleri belirlenen süreler boyunca açık bırakılır. Ocak yakılır ve bulamacın
pişirilme süresi boyunca karıştırma makinesi çalıştırılır. Bulamaç piştikten sonra batırma kabına
aktarılır. Süzgeçli su kabında süzülen cevizler kasnağa dizim işlemi yapılacak konveyörün deposuna
aktarıldıktan sonra konveyör çalıştırılıp kasnak aşağı indirilir. Kasnağın aşağı yukarı hareketi için step
motoru çalıştırılır. Ceviz dizili kasnak bulamaç dolu batırma kabına 3 kez batırılıp çıkarılır ve her
defasında kurutma işlemi yapılır. Stop butonuna basıldığında ya da sistemde herhangi bir arıza olması
durumunda sistem durur.
14
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Şekil 5. Orcik makinesi otomasyon sisteminin PLC kodu
15
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Orcik Yapımının SCADA benzetimi
Start butonuna basıldığında cevizler konveyör üzerinden süzgeçli kaba boşaltılmaktadır. Cevizler su
kabında süzülerek dizim işlemine hazır hale gelmektedir. Bulamaç yapımı için gerekli olan üzüm
suyunu elde etmek için üzümler konveyör üzerinden pres makinesine boşaltılıp pres makinesi
çalıştırılmaktadır. Pres makinesinden geçirilen üzümlerin suyu hunide depolanıp daha sonra siloya
aktarılmaktadır. Bulamaçın hazırlanması için karıştırma kabına üzüm suyu, un ve özel toprak bulunan
siloların valfleri belirlenen süreler boyunca açılır. Daha sonra pişirmek için ocak yakılır. Pişirme
sırasında bulmaçın topaklanmaması için pişme süresince sürekli olarak karıştırılır (Şekil 6).
Şekil 6. Ocağın yanması ve karıştırıcının çalıştırılması işlemi SCADA ekranı
Daha önce yumuşaması için suda bekletilen cevizler süzülerek dizim işlemi yapılacak konveyörün
deposuna boşaltılır. Konveyör çalıştırılıp kasnak aşağı indirilir. Kasnağın aşağı yukarı hareketi için
step motoru çalıştırılır. Kasnağa dizilen cevizler bulamaç dolu batırma kabına 3 kez batırılıp çıkarılır
ve her defasında kurutma işlemi yapılır (Şekil 7,8).
16
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Şekil 7. Kasnağın bulamaça batırılması işlemi SCADA ekranı
Şekil 8. Kasnağın bulamaçtan çıkarılması ve kurutucunun çalıştırılması işlemi SCADA ekranı
17
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SONUÇ
PLC günümüzde yaygın olarak kullanılmaktadır ve otomasyon sektöründe önemli bir rol
oynamaktadır. Düşük maliyet ve yüksek güvenilirlik avantajları nedeniyle, birçok otomasyon makinesi
PLC kullanmayı tercih etmektedir. SCADA, izleme sistemi için çok amaçlı yardımcı yönetim ve
işletim esnekliği sağlar [4]. Bu çalışmada, orcik yapımının PLC-SCADA tabanlı bir otomasyonu
sunulmuştur. Doğal klasik yöntemlerle üretilen orciğin her bir üretim aşaması ele alınarak PLC
otomasyon sistemi ile tasarımı yapılmış ve gerçek bir PLC olmadan PLCSIM programı kullanılarak
SCADA üzerinde benzetimi gerçekleştirilmiştir. Orcik yapımının klasik yöntemle yapım aşamaları ele
alınıp orcik yapımı otomasyon sistemi tasarlanarak üretim sürecinin otomatik hale getirilmesi
amaçlanmıştır. Sistemin tasarımı yapılıp benzetimi üzerinden sürecin düzgün çalıştığı
gözlemlenmiştir. Tasarımın kod aşaması tamamlandıktan sonra mekanik kısmı ve montaj işlemi de
yapılarak endüstride orcik üretim makinesi olarak kullanılabilir.
KAYNAKLAR
[1] Üstündağ A, Gencer Ç, 2020. Ayran Makinesinin TIA PORTAL Üzerinde Tasarımı ve PLCSIM
ile Simülasyonu. Munzur Zirvesi 2. Uluslararası Uygulamalı Bilimler Kongresi.
[2] Bayındır R, Kaplan O, Bayyiğit C, Sarıkaya Y, Hallaçlıoğlu M, 2011. PLC ve SCADA

kullanılarak bir endüstriyel sistemin otomasyonu. Erciyes Üniversitesi Fen Bilimleri Enstitüsü Dergisi,
27(1): 107-115.
[3] Kaur S, Kathpal N, Munjal N, 2015. Role of SCADA in Hydro Power Plant Automation.
International Journal of Advanced Research in Electrical, Electronics and Instrumentation
Engineering, 4(10):8085-8090.
[4] Archana A, Yadav B, 2012. PLC & SCADA based automation of Filter House, a section of Water
Treatment Plant. 1st International Conference on Emerging Technology Trends in Electronics,
Communication and Networking.
[5] Gazi Üniversitesi Açık Erişim Sistemi, 2008. Erişim adresi:

http://hdl.handle.net/20.500.12602/150129 [03.11.20].
[6] Chauhan RK, Dewal ML , Chauhan K, 2010. Intelligent SCADA System. International Journal
on Power System Optimization and Control,
2(1): 143-148.
18
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
[7] Babunski D, Zaev E, Tuneski A, Bozovic D, 2018. Optimization Methods for Water Supply
SCADA System. 7th Mediterranean Conference on Embedded Computing (MECO),
Budva,Montenegro.
[8] Sallam AA, Malik OP, 2019. Electric Distribution Systems (2nd ed.), Wiley-IEEE Press, 624 pp.
[9] Hürriyet Haber, 2019. Erişim adresi: Erişim adresi: https://www.hurriyet.com.tr/lezizz/galeri-kis-

aylarinin-vazgecilmezlerinden-tamamen-dogal-41336890/4 [24.09.19].
19
INTERNATIONAL TOKYO CONFERENCE ON INNOVATIVE STUDIES OF CONTEMPORARY
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
PYROLYSIS MODELING OF WASTE-DERIVED FUEL THROUGH COMBINED

THERMODYNAMIC AND KINETIC SIMULATIONS
Bijoy Das
Jadavpur University, Salt Lake, Kolkata- 700098, India
ORCID ID: https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0287-5321
Abstract
The pyrolysis modeling of waste-derived fuels has been performed by combining thermodynamic as well as
kinetic model. Thermodynamic modeling of pyrolysis for waste-derived fuel gives only stable species so the
end-product does not contain unstable species that should appear in waste-derived fuel pyrolysis. So in this
study, the pyrolysis model is developed by combining two computational codes; HSC Chemistry for
thermodynamic and Perfectly Stirred Reactor (PSR) for kinetic simulations. Integrated effects of
thermodynamic, as well as kinetic phenomena, results in a precise prediction of the pyrolysis products. The
simulation principle adopted in this work is to first calculate the gaseous products by thermodynamic analysis
software HSC Chemistry. Then, these gaseous products are introduced into the Sandia PSR code to include
the potential constraints of kinetics involved in the pyrolysis and finally to get the distributions of volatile
gases including tar compounds consistent with the realistic situation. The simulation model is solved within
the temperature range of 400 °C to 1200 °C for studying the effect of temperature on the composition and
quality of volatile gases including tar compounds from waste-derived fuel pyrolysis. The product gas and tar
compounds generated for dried sewage sludge and plastic waste are compared at different temperatures. The
products gas obtained from HSC calculations of waste-derived fuel is mainly H2, CO, CO2, CH4. After
introducing these products into the PSR program, the final products obtained are H2, CO, CO2, CH4, C2H2,
C2H4, C2H6, and C3H8 and a few higher hydrocarbon compounds that are more realistic products in the
waste-derived fuel pyrolysis.
Keywords: Pyrolysis, Fluidized bed, Simulation, Volatile gases, Tar.
INTRODUCTION
Waste materials are environmental burden substance as it poses a serious threat to the environment during its
disposal. On the contrary, those can be converted to gaseous or liquid fuel through thermochemical
conversion (Banu et al. 2020). The thermochemical conversion process can be broadly categorized as
pyrolysis, gasification, and combustion. While the main objective of combustion is to produce heat, the
pyrolysis and gasification process primarily produces syngas which is a mixture of H2, CO, CO2, and light
hydrocarbons. This syngas may be converted into liquid fuels, pure hydrogen, and power (Guan et al., 2018).
Though combustion is comparatively mature technology than pyrolysis and gasification, they have a few
advantages over combustion. The pyrolysis and gasification process has better energy efficiency and low
pollutant emissions characteristic over combustion. Being a low-temperature process, pyrolysis and
gasification plants incur lower plant maintenance costs and longer lifetime. Generally, three types of gasifiers
are employed for the pyrolysis and gasification process, i.e., fixed-bed, fluidized-bed, and entrained-bed
gasifiers. (Das and Datta, 2016). Each type of gasifier has a set of advantages and disadvantages and is
selected based on the fuel characteristic (Das and Datta, 2014). The major characteristic parameter for
gasifiers is temperature, ash condition, oxidant demand, and fuel feed size. Among them, temperature plays a
significant role in pyrolysis and gasification performance. The experimental work by Inguanzo et al. (2002)
for the pyrolysis of sewage sludge discussed the effect of temperature on the composition of the gaseous
product. Their experimental result showed that an increase of pyrolysis temperature decreases solid fraction
and increases the gas fraction. Experimental study by Grammelis et al. (2009) showed the pyrolysis
characteristic of waste recovered fuel. They determined the kinetic parameters governing the devolatilization
20
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
behavior of the primary components and the composite wastes by thermogravimetric analysis. A similar
approach of thermogravimetric method was adopted by Yan et al. (2005) to study the effect of temperature
on the pyrolysis product gas distribution from biomass pyrolysis. It was observed from the experimental
results that different reaction pathways are involved in producing different profiles of gas produced at high
and low temperatures.
However, an experimental study to find the pyrolysis product of waste-derived fuel is a resource-intensive
exercise that necessitates highly reliable measurement. On the other hand, a suitable model of pyrolysis can
predict the pyrolysis product with high accuracy with fewer resources. Two different types of models are
adopted in pyrolysis modeling; Thermodynamic modeling and Kinetic modeling. The thermodynamic
equilibrium model is independent of the reactor geometry. Also achieving the thermodynamic equilibrium
particularly at low temperatures may not be possible so the calculations may not represent the real situation
when kinetic constraints become the major factor. However, the thermodynamic equilibrium model has been
widely used to model pyrolysis of coal, biomass, methane plastic, and other waste fuel by several researchers
(Gueret et al. 1997; Fink 1999; Zainal et al. 2001; Li et al. 2001). Philippe and Raphael (2002) developed a
thermodynamic model for biomass gasifier using ASPEN PLUS software. Their model is based on the
minimization of Gibbs free energy at equilibrium. This is possible by assuming that the residence time is long
enough to allow the chemical reactions to reach an equilibrium state. However, this assumption of
equilibrium is rarely reached in real gasifiers.
The Kinetic model is based on the kinetic rates of reaction so a detailed kinetic reaction mechanism is used to
calculate the final pyrolysis product. Baumlin et al. (2005) used a continuous self-stirred tank reactor
(CSSTR) or perfectly stirred reactor (PSR) for biomass gas pyrolysis. They validated the model result with
the experimental results obtained on the thermal cracking of vapors produced by biomass pyrolysis. The
reactor network model by Stark et al. (2015) also used a kinetic model to predict the pyrolysis product from
biomass. They found that a perfectly stirred reactor with detailed chemical kinetic can model the pyrolysis
process of biomass. Grammelis et al. (2009) also developed a kinetic model of pyrolysis for waste
recovered fuel for validating their experimental work. The major shortcoming of the thermodynamic or
kinetic model is that if they are used individually they can not predict precisely the gaseous product including
unstable species like C2H2, C2H4, C2H6, and C3H8 and a few higher hydrocarbon compounds that actually
appear in waste-derived fuel pyrolysis. So Lee et al. (2007) developed a pyrolysis model by combining the
kinetic and thermodynamic model for predicting gaseous products from biomass pyrolysis. Das et al. (2020)
and Das (2020) also used a similar approach of combined kinetic and thermodynamic simulations methods
for pyrolysis modeling of woody biomass. They predicted gaseous products and tar from woody biomass
pyrolysis with high accuracy.
In the present study, a reactor network model (RNM) is developed for the pyrolysis zone of the gasifier. Two
computation codes; HSC Chemistry for thermodynamic and Perfectly Stirred Reactor for kinetic simulations
of the pyrolysis process are used for pyrolysis modeling. Integrated effects of thermodynamics, as well as
kinetic phenomena, results in a precise prediction of the pyrolysis products. The simulation model is solved
within the temperature range of 400 °C to 1200 °C for studying the effect of temperature on the composition
and quality of volatile gases including tar compounds from refuse-derived fuel pyrolysis. The product gas
and tar compounds generated for dried sewage sludge and plastic waste are compared at different
temperatures.
MATERIALS AND METHODS

The present model is developed for the pyrolysis of waste-derived fuel. The fuel primarily gets pyrolyzed
immediately after entering the thermodynamic model. Then the primary pyrolysis product reacts in the
kinetic model to produce the final pyrolysis product after secondary pyrolysis.
21
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
An equivalent reactor network (ERN) has been developed to calculate the devolatilization product. The
reactor network model (RNM) is solved for primary and secondary pyrolysis. The pyrolysis zone has
been considered as a combination of a thermodynamic and kinetic model. Integrated effects of two
computation codes; HSC Chemistry for thermodynamic and Perfectly Stirred Reactor (PSR) for kinetic
simulations of the pyrolysis process are used for precise prediction of the pyrolysis products.
The thermodynamic equilibrium calculation for the simulation of the devolatilization process has been
done with the HSC Chemistry tool. During the evaluation of equilibrium gas composition, the Gibbs free
energy has been minimized using the GEMINI code. For a closed system with N species, the Gibbs free
energy (G) is expressed according to,
𝑁
𝐺 = ∑ 𝑛𝑖 (𝜇𝑖0 + 𝑅𝑇 ln 𝛼𝑖 )
𝑖=1
Where, ni, μi, and αi are the molar amount, standard chemical potential, and activity of species i. The
species considered during the equilibrium calculation are H, H2, C, CO, CO2, CH4, HCN, NH3, C2H2,
C2H6, C2H4, C3H8, N, N2, NO, N2O, O, O2, H2O, H2O2, HO2, NO2, NO3. While the amount of C, H2, O2,
and N2 have been considered as inputs (i.e. C = 1 mol; H2 = 0.6983 mol; O2 = 0.1961 mol and N2 =
0.0099 mol for dried sewage sludge and C = 1 mol; H2 = 0.8868 mol; O2 = 0.0545 mol and N2 = 0.0011
mol for plastic waste ), the rest of the species are considered in the devolatilization product. This product
gas further enters a perfectly stirred reactor (PSR) as the equilibrium model alone can’t predict all the tar
components present in the final pyrolysis product.
In the PSR, the mixing rates are considered to be very fast and the chemical conversions from the
reactants to the products are controlled by the rates of the kinetics of reactions. The Modelling of
pyrolysis PSR has been done by solving a system of nonlinear differential-algebraic equations using
ANSYS Chemkin-Pro package to evaluate the species concentrations within the reactor considering
homogeneous reactions in the gas phase. The equations are solved by the damped modified Newtown
algorithm. The mathematical details of the perfectly stirred reactors used in the present work may be
found in (Glarborg et al., 1986; Turns, 1996). The kinetic mechanism used for solving PSR is taken from
our previous work (Das et al., 2020).
The simulation of the entire pyrolysis process has been performed at atmospheric pressure and
temperatures of 660 °C. The total height and the internal diameter of the gasifier are considered as 0.4 m
and 3.8 m respectively. The pyrolysis volume is around 2 % of the total gasifier which is calculated by
scale analysis.
22
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
(a) (b) C H2(g) CH4(g)

C H2(g) CO(g)
CO(g) CO2(g) H2O(g)
H2O(g) CH4(g) CO2(g)
1,00
1,00
Pyrolysis Yield (mol)

Pyrolysis Yield (mol)
0,80 0,80
0,60 0,60
0,40 0,40
0,20
0,20
0,00
0,00 300 500 700 900 1100 1300
300 500 700 900 1100 1300 Temperature (°C)
Temperature(°C)
Fig. 1: Pyrolysis HSC result for (a) Sewage Sludge ; (b) Plastic Waste
(a) (b)
C H2(g) CO(g) C H2(g) CH4(g)
H2O(g) CH4(g) CO2(g) CO(g) H2O(g) CO2(g)
0,60 0,60
0,50 0,50
Mole Fraction
Mole Fraction
0,40 0,40
0,30 0,30
0,20 0,20
0,10 0,10
0,00 0,00
300 500 700 900 1100 1300 300 500 700 900 1100 1300
Temperature (°C) Temperature (°C)
Fig.2: HSC result (Mole Fraction) for (a) Sewage Sludge (b)Plastic Waste at different temperature
The temperature of a pyrolysis process is generally controlled by the fuel feed rates and the temperature
is proportional to the fuel feed rate. Correspondingly, the temperature distribution significantly affects
pyrolysis performance or quality of the volatile products and the concentration of tar components. The
major gaseous products obtained from dried sewage sludge and plastic waste pyrolysis in the temperature
23
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
range of 400–1200° C are CO, H2, CO2, and CH4. Figure 1(a) and 1(b) shows that the pyrolysis yield
(mol) of CO, and H2 increases with the increase of temperature whereas the pyrolysis yield of CO2 and
CH4 decreases with the increase of temperature.
It is observed in Fig. 2(a) and 2(b) that carbon mole fraction decreases with the increase of temperature
up to a certain temperature. After that, the mole fraction of carbon becomes constant for both the fuel.
After 1000° C the curve for carbon becomes a straight line. It indicates that total carbon in fuel has two-
part. One is volatile carbon and the second one is fixed carbon. During the pyrolysis process, only the
volatile carbon reacts to form volatile gases. It is the fixed carbon of fuel that remains constant after
1000° C.
If the pyrolysis process is divided into different temperature zone; it is observed from the fig. 1(a), 1(b),
2(a), and 2(b) that the waste fuels first get dehydrated up to 560° C temperature. Along with the water
vapor, the CH4 and CO2 are also reduced in this temperature zone. In the next temperature zone of 560
to 900°C, H2 and CO increase sharply. After 900°C pyrolysis reaches the end. Almost no reaction occurs
after this temperature. The contents of H2 and CO remain stable and high. Carbon residue present here is
regarded as charcoal. Similar nature of devolatilization product was also observed by Lee et al. (2007)
for biomass pyrolysis.
(a) H2 H2O CO (b) H2 H2O CO

CO2 CH4 C2H2 CO2 CH4 C2H2
C2H4 C2H6 C3H8 C2H4 C2H6 C3H8
0,6 0,6
0,5 0,5
Mole Fraction
Mole Fraction
0,4 0,4
0,3 0,3
0,2 0,2
0,1 0,1
0 0
300 500 700 900 1100 1300 300 500 700 900 1100 1300
Temperature (°C) Temperature (°C)
Fig. 3: Pyrolysis(PSR) result for (a) Sewage Sludge ; (b) Plastic waste.
The kinetic model of pyrolysis product yields unstable species like C2H2, C2H4, C2H6, C3H8, and
few higher hydrocarbon as shown in Fig. 3 (a) and 3 (b). These unstable species should be actually
produced when waste-derived fuel is pyrolyzed. The new species (C2H2, C2H4, C2H6, C3H8, and few
higher hydrocarbon) observed in the kinetic model are in the range of 11–12% mole fractions and they are
obtained with the expense of the amount of all original components of HSC pyrolysis. These newly generated
species show more realistic pyrolysis products. So Combining the thermodynamic model with the kinetic
model is very important to calculate the realistic pyrolysis products from waste-derived fuel.
The HSC Chemistry results, shown in fig. 1(a), 1(b), 2(a) and 2(b) do not consider kinetics (rates) of the
chemical reactions and nonideality of solutions. So the calculation does not give the reaction time that is
24
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
necessary for the theoretical equilibrium state to be reached. As the HSC calculation merely represents
the compositions of pyrolysis in its most stable state, the end products (H2, CO, CO2, CH4, and H2O) do
not contain unstable species like C2H2, C2H4, C2H6, and C3H8 which should appear in waste-derived
fuel pyrolysis. Therefore, the integrated effect of a combined thermodynamic and kinetic model is
meaningful for precise prediction of gaseous product distribution from waste-derived fuel pyrolysis.
CONCLUSION
A reactor network model (RNM) is solved for the pyrolysis zone of the gasifier by combining the
thermodynamic and kinetic models. Two computation codes; HSC Chemistry for thermodynamic and
Perfectly Stirred Reactor (PSR) for kinetic simulations of the pyrolysis process are used for pyrolysis
modeling. The primary pyrolysis is modeled as a thermodynamic model and secondary pyrolysis as a
kinetic model.
The following conclusions can be drawn from the study.
• The Devolatilization products obtained from HSC calculations of waste-derived fuel is mainly
H2, CO, CO2, CH4, and a few amounts of C2+ hydrocarbons.
• H2, CO, CO2, CH4, C2H2, C2H4, C2H6, and C3H8 and a few higher hydrocarbon
compounds can be obtained by combining the thermodynamic model with the kinetic model
for pyrolysis.
• The combined effect of the thermodynamic and kinetic model of pyrolysis produces realistic
products from waste-derived fuel.
REFERENCES
Arena, U., Zaccariello, L., & Mastellone, M. L. 2010. Fluidized bed gasification of waste-derived
fuels. Waste Management, 30(7): 1212-1219.
Banu, J. R., Sharmila, V. G., Ushani, U., Amudha, V., & Kumar, G. 2020. Impervious and influence in the
liquid fuel production from municipal plastic waste through thermo-chemical biomass conversion
technologies-A review. Science of The Total Environment, 718: 137287.
Baumlin S, Broust F, Ferrer M, Meunier N, Marty E, Le´de´ J 2005. The continuous self stirred tank
reactor: measurement of the cracking kinetics of biomass pyrolysis vapours. Chemical Engineering
Science, 60: 41–55.
Das, B., Bhattacharya, A., & Datta, A. 2020. Kinetic modeling of biomass gasification and tar
formation in a fluidized bed gasifier using equivalent reactor network (ERN). Fuel, 280: 118582.
Das B, and Datta A 2016. Modeling of hydrodynamics in a bubbling fluidized-bed gasifier and
evaluation of the inter-phase gas exchange rate under different operating conditions. Particuology, 25:
151-158.
Das B, and Dutta A 2014. Effects of Fluidizing Gas Flow Rate and Reactor Diameter on the
Hydrodynamics of a Bubbling Fluidized Bed Gasifier. International Conference on Advanced Materials
and Energy Technology (ICAMET), PP 190.
Das B 2020. Effect of Temperature on Gasification Performance of Biomass in a Bubbling Fluidized
25
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
Bed Gasifier. International Asian Congress on Contemporary Sciences-IV , Baku, Azerbaijan/ Khazar
University, pp. 568 – 574.
Fink JK 1999. High temperature pyrolysis of plastics in contact with liquid steel. Journal of Analytical and
Applied Pyrolysis, 49:107–23.
Glarborg PRJJFJA., Kee RJ, Grcar JF, & Miller JA 1986. PSR: A FORTRAN program for modeling well-
stirred reactors. Sandia Report SAND86-8209.
Grammelis, P., Basinas, P., Malliopoulou, A., & Sakellaropoulos, G. 2009. Pyrolysis kinetics and
combustion characteristics of waste recovered fuels. Fuel, 88(1): 195-205.
Guan, H., Fan, X., Zhao, B., Yang, L., Sun, R., Li, C., & Yan, B. 2018. An experimental investigation
on biogases production from Chinese herb residues based on dual circulating fluidized
bed. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy, 43(28): 12618-12626.
Gueret C, Daroux M, Billaud F 1997. Methane pyrolysis: thermodynamics. Chemical Engineering

Science, 5:815–27.
Lee DH, Yang H, Yan R, & Liang, DT 2007. Prediction of gaseous products from biomass pyrolysis
through combined kinetic and thermodynamic simulations. Fuel, 86(3): 410-417.
Li XT, Grace JR, Watkinson AP, Lim CJ, Ergu¨denler A 2001. Equilibrium modeling of gasification: a
free energy minimization approach and its application to a circulating fluidized bed coal gasifier. Fuel, 80:
195–207.
Philippe M, Raphael D 2002. Performance analysis of a biomass gasifier. Energy Conversion and
Management, 43:1291–1299.
Stark AK, Bates RB, Zhao Z, & Ghoniem, AF 2015. Prediction and validation of major gas and tar
species from a reactor network model of air-blown fluidized bed biomass gasification. Energy & Fuels,
29(4): 2437-2452.
Turns SR 1996. Introduction to combustion (Vol. 287). McGraw-Hill Companies.
Yan, R., Yang, H., Chin, T., Liang, D. T., Chen, H., & Zheng, C. 2005. Influence of temperature on the
distribution of gaseous products from pyrolyzing palm oil wastes. Combustion and Flame, 142(1-2): 24-
32.
Zainal ZA, Ali R, Lean CH, Seetharamu KN 2001. Prediction of performance of a downdraft gasifier
using equilibrium modeling for different biomass materials. Energy Conversion and Management, 42:
1499–1515.
26
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
DIABETES UNAWARENESS IN PATIENTS HOSPITALIZED IN THE INTERNAL

MEDICINE CLINIC
Elif Yıldırım Ayaz1 , Nalan Okuroğlu2, Ali Özdemir2

1
Sultan Abdülhamid Han Training and Research Hospital Internal Medicine Clinic,
University of Sağlık Bilimleri, İstanbul, Turkey
2
Fatih Sultan Mehmet Training and Research Hospital Internal Medicine Clinic,
University of Sağlık Bilimleri, İstanbul, Turkey
Abstract
Introduction
Diabetes Mellitus is a significant cause of mortality and morbidity by leading to microvascular and
macrovascular complications.This can be prevented through early diagnosis of diabetes and achieving
glycemic control. This study has searched for DM diagnosis rate as found through HbA1c
measurements in the inpatient population.
Material and Methods
This retrospective study includes all in-patients whose HbA1c levels were measured at the Internal
Diseases Clinic of Fatih Sultan Mehmet Training and Research Hospital in 2015. Glucose, fasting
glucose levels, age, and gender were recorded. The patients, who have an HbA1c value of 6.5 or more,
were defined as newly diagnosed DM. The patients were included in three groups as those with a
previous diabetes diagnosis, those with a new diabetes diagnosis, and those with no diabetes diagnosis.
Results
Among 1057 patients included in the study, 29.7% have past diabetes diagnosis (Group 1), 7,5% were
newly diagnosed diabetes, while 62.8% have no diabetes. No statistically significant difference was
found in terms of age, and gender distribution. No significant difference was found between the
HbA1c, fasting glucose, and random glucose levels of Group 1 and Group 2.
Discussion
New DM diagnosis rate was found as 7.5% among the patients admitted to the clinic of internal
disease within a year. Besides, in the high-risk population of inpatients, the routine HbA1c
measurement may lead to early diagnosis by increasing the undiagnosed patient rate.
Conclusion
Diabetes unawareness is common in inpatients. Diabetes screening with HbA1C measurement in

inpatients may be an opportunity to detect unknown diabetes.
Keywords: Diabetes, Diabetes Unawareness Diabetes, HbA1c, inpatient
27
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
INTRODUCTION
With the increase in obesity and physical inactivity, diabetes has become one of the most
important public health problems all over the World (Volaco et al., 2018). The prevalence of
diabetes has doubled in the last 30 years and is expected to increase further in the following
years(Chen et al., 2012). According to the report published by the International Diabetes
Foundation in 2019, there are 357.1 million diabetic patients between the ages of 20-65 and 135.6
million diabetic patients between the ages of 65-99 and 90-95% of them are Type 2 Diabetes
patients (International Diabetes Foundation, 2019). Macrovascular and microvascular
complications can be prevented with early diagnosis and treatment (Turner, 1998) (Duckworth et
al., 2009).
Up to 38-67% of diabetic patients have diabetes unawareness (International Diabetes

Foundation, 2019). Diabetes screening with HbA1C in hospitalized patients may be an
opportunity to detect unknown diabetes. Diabetes screening with HbA1C in inpatients may be
an opportunity to detect unknown diabetes. HbA1C is an easily applicable test that does not require
fasting and is not affected by glycemic variability (“Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes:
Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2020,” 2020) . In this study, it was aimed to determine the
rate of detection of new diagnosis diabetes by examining HbA1C in patients hospitalized in the
Internal Diseases Clinic. At the same time, it was aimed to evaluate whether there is a difference
in HbA1C, fasting glucose and random glucose values between those with known diabetes and
unknown diabetes.
Patients who received inpatient treatment in Fatih Sultan Mehmet Hospital Internal Medicine
Clinic between 01.01.2015 and 31.12.2015, who were over the age of 18 and whose data in the
hospital automation system were accessible were included in the study. As a result of the
retrospective examination of the patients' files, those without known diabetes were diagnosed with
new diabetes when HbA1c was 6.5 and above. Patients were divided into 3 groups as previously
diagnosed with diabetes, newly diagnosed with diabetes, and without diabetes. The 3 groups were
compared in terms of age, gender, HbA1C, fasting glucose and random glucose values. The HbA1C
test was tested with the Trinity Biotech Premier Hb9210 device using the boronate affinity HPLC
method. The test has been standardized with the reference method of IFCC (International Federation
of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine). Patient groups; They were compared in terms of
age, gender, HbA1c, random glucose and fasting glucose.
When evaluating the findings obtained in the study, IBM SPSS Statistics 22 for statistical
analysis (SPSS IBM, Turkey) program is used. While evaluating the study data, the
suitability of the parameters to the normal distribution was evaluated with the Shapiro Wilks test.
While evaluating the study data, descriptive statistical methods (mean, standard deviation) as well
as the Oneway Anova test for comparing normally distributed parameters between groups and
the Tukey HDS test to determine the group that caused the difference. Kruskal Wallis test
was used for intergroup comparisons of parameters that did not show normal distribution, and
Mann Whitney U test was used to identify the group that caused the difference. The Chi-Square test
was used to compare qualitative data. Significance was evaluated at the p <0.05 level.
RESULTS
29.7% of 1057 patients had a previous diagnosis of diabetes (Group 1), 7.5% were newly diagnosed
during hospitalization (Group 2), 62.8% did not have diabetes (Group 3). The distribution of the
groups in terms of age and gender was similar (respectively, p = 0,684 and p = 0,872) (Table 1).
Table 1. Comparison of age and gender characteristics of groups
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 p values
Age
69,23±14,72 69,91±16,61 68,43±19,44 1
0,684
(mean±SD)
Gender (n,%)
28
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Male 154 (49%) 41 (51,9%) 335 (50,5%) 2

0,872
Female 160 (51%) 38 (48,1%) 329 (49,5%)
The comparisons of HbA1C, random glucose, fasting glucose levels between the groups are shown in
Table-2. The statistical differences between the groups were determined (respectively, p = 0.001, p =
0.001, p = 0.001, p = 0.002 and p = 0.003). P values obtained as a result of comparison among the
groups are shown in Table-2. The mean HbA1c values of the Group 1, Group 2 and Group 3 were 7.7
± 2.1, 7.88 ± 2.31 and 5.62 ± 0.42 (5.6), respectively. Random glucose mean value was highest in
Group 2 with 224,34, followed by Group 1 with 211,99 and Group 3 with 122,50 respectively. Fasting
glucose mean value was the highest in Group 1 with a mean of 156.35 ± 79.72. Group 2 fasting
glucose mean value was 149.56 ± 69.48, whereas fasting glucose value of group 3 was 102.35 ±
32.90.
Table 2. Comparison of laboratory findings of groups

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3
mean±SD (median) mean±SD (median) mean±SD (median) p p1 p2 p3
HbA1C 7,7±2,1 (7,1) 7,88±2,31 (6,8) 5,62±0,42 (5,6) 0,001 >0,05 0,001 0,001
Random glucose 211,99±136,16 (173,5) 224,34±179,72 (153) 122,50±36,51 (115) 0,001 >0,05 0,001 0,001
Fasting glucose 156,35±79,72 (133,5) 149,56±69,48 (130) 102,35±32,90 (95) 0,001 >0,05 0,001 0,001
DISCUSSION
In this study, the rate of unknown diabetes in patients hospitalized in the Internal Diseases clinic
within 1 year was found to be 7.5%. No difference was found in terms of age and gender among those
with known diabetes, newly diagnosed diabetes, and those without diabetes. There was no difference
in HbA1C, fasting glucose and random glucose between those with known diabetes and newly
diagnosed diabetes.
In the TURDEP-2 study conducted in the general population in our country, the rate of unknown
diabetes among those with diabetes is 55%(Satman et al., 2011). It is thought that the reason for the
higher awareness of diabetes in our study is the more frequent hospital admissions due to the greater
comorbidity in the inpatient population.
Valentine et al. found that the prevalence of undiagnosed diabetes was 11% and suggest that HbA1c
screening test can be used for detecting undiagnosed diabetes in hospitalized patient(Valentine et al.,
2011). Valentine et al. also reported that the frequency of undiagnosed diabetes was increased with
age. Increasing incdence of diabetes with age can cause that finding. In TURDEP study, a positive
correlation was found to be between the frequency of diabetes and age(Satman et al., 2002). In present
study, we didn't find any differences in age and sex between patients having history of diabetes and
patients newly diagnosed with diabetes.
In the study conducted by Jones D et al in which 348 patients with hyperglycemia were included, 14%
of the patients were newly diagnosed with diabetes(Jones et al., 2016). When patients with a previous
diagnosis of diabetes were evaluated, it was seen that no HbA1c was checked in 29% of these patients
during their hospitalization. This shows that HbA1c is used less than necessary in patients with
diabetes.
29
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, diabetes screening with HbA1C measurement in hospitalized patients may be an
opportunity to detect unknown diabetes.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors would like to thank the patients and the diabetes caregivers for their voluntary
participation in the study.
REFERENCES
Chen, L., Magliano, D. J., & Zimmet, P. Z. (2012). The worldwide epidemiology of type 2 diabetes
mellitus - Present and future perspectives. In Nature Reviews Endocrinology (Vol. 8, Issue 4, pp.
228–236). Nat Rev Endocrinol. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrendo.2011.183
Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2020. (2020). In
Diabetes care. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc20-S002
Duckworth, W., Abraira, C., Moritz, T., Reda, D., Emanuele, N., Reaven, P. D., Zieve, F. J., Marks,
J.,
Davis, S. N., Hayward, R., Warren, S. R., Goldman, S., McCarren, M., Vitek, M. E., Henderson,
W. G., & Huang, G. D. (2009). Glucose control and vascular complications in veterans with type
2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 360(2), 129–139.
https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa0808431
International Diabetes Foundation. (2019). IDF Diabetes Atlas 2019. In International Diabetes
Federation. http://www.idf.org/about-diabetes/facts-figures
Jones, D., Scharfenberg, B., Perkins, J., Childers, K., Dogbey, G. Y., & Shubrook, J. H. (2016).
Glycated hemoglobin testing to identify undiagnosed diabetes mellitus in the inpatient setting.
Journal of the American Osteopathic Association, 116(6), 350–357.
https://doi.org/10.7556/jaoa.2016.075
Satman, I., Tutuncu, Y., & Gedik, S. (2011). The TURDEP-II Study Group, Diabetes epidemic in
Turkey: results of the second population based survey of diabetes and risk characteristics in
Turkey (TURDEP-II). Diabetologia, 54.
Satman, I., Yilmaz, T., Sengül, A., Salman, S., Salman, F., Uygur, S., Bastar, I., Tütüncü, Y., Sargin,
M., Dinççag, N., Karsidag, K., Kalaça, S., Özcan, C., & King, H. (2002). Population-based study
of diabetes and risk characteristics in Turkey: Results of the Turkish Diabetes Epidemiology
Study (TURDEP). Diabetes Care, 25(9), 1551–1556. https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.25.9.1551
Turner, R. (1998). Intensive blood-glucose control with sulphonylureas or insulin compared with
conventional treatment and risk of complications in patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33).
Lancet, 352(9131), 837–853. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(98)07019-6
Valentine, N. A., Alhawassi, T. M., Roberts, G. W., Vora, P. P., Stranks, S. N., & Doogue, M. P.
(2011). Detecting undiagnosed diabetes using glycated haemoglobin: an automated screening test
in hospitalised patients. Medical Journal of Australia, 194(4), 160–164.
https://doi.org/10.5694/j.1326-5377.2011.tb03762.x
Volaco, A., Cavalcanti, A. M., Filho, R. P., & Precoma, D. B. (2018). Socioeconomic Status: The
Missing Link Between Obesity and Diabetes Mellitus? Current Diabetes Reviews, 14(4), 321–
326. https://doi.org/10.2174/1573399813666170621123227
30
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
COMPUTATIONAL INVESTIGATION OF WAVY CARBON NANOTUBE REINFORCED

POLYMER COMPOSITES
Farzad Hossain1*, Md. Ashrafuzzaman Miah2

*1
Islamic University of Technology, Department of Mechanical and Production Engineering, Gazipur,
Bangladesh.
2
Islamic University of Technology, Department of Mechanical and Production Engineering, Gazipur,
Bangladesh.
Abstract
Carbon nanotubes are nano-shaped materials that are widely utilized now-a-days in composite
reinforcement because of their novel characteristics. They are used not only for their high electrical
and thermal conductivity but also for their excessively high tensile strength, high elasticity, high
flexibility and low weight. The paper aims at analyzing the impact of carbon nanotube's waviness and
its mechanical characteristics. In this paper, single-walled carbon nanotubes have been generated as a
finite element model and their shear and elastic modulus (transverse and longitudinal directions) have
been calculated with adjustments in the carbon nanotube's waviness and diameter. Here, the carbon
nanotube has been viewed as a structure similar to a frame. Polystyrene having the modulus of
elasticity 3.14 GPa has been utilized in the case of the composite matrix. Simultaneously, for all
nanocomposites, 2.4% volume fraction has been utilized. The research work has been performed for
aligned carbon nanotubes for evaluating the impact of carbon nanotubes in the composite. It has been
found that the shear modulus and the elastic modulus of composite tend to decrease with the
increment of waviness ratio. Meanwhile, transverse and longitudinal shear modulus decrease up to
12.25% and 8.1% respectively with the presence of interface material. Moreover, maximum 14.4%
and 64.2% decrement of transverse and longitudinal elastic modulus respectively have been identified
whenever the interface material is present. On the other hand, a tendency of increment of the shear
modulus and the elastic modulus has been noticed with the increment of volume fraction of carbon
nanotubes. It has been noticed that transverse and longitudinal shear modulus increase up to 1.49
times and 2.11 times respectively in comparison to the pure matrix of polymer at 9% volume fraction.
In addition, maximum 1.64 times and 11.63 times increment from the pure matrix of polymer have
been noticed for transverse and longitudinal elastic modulus respectively at 9% volume fraction.
Keywords: Carbon nanotube, Interface material, Polymer composite, Shear modulus, Elastic
modulus.
INTRODUCTION
A plastic polymer matrix (PMC) is a composite material consisting of a variety of shorter or
continuous fibers. PMCs are designed to pass loads through matrix fibers. A lightweight, high
stiffness and a high strength along their reinforcement are some of PMC 's advantages. Meanwhile,
nanocomposite is a solid in multiphases where each of these stages has one, two or three dimensions
of less than 100 nanometers (nm) or nanoscale structures with repeated distances between the various
stages of which the material consists. The concept behind Nanocomposite is to utilize nanometer
dimensional building blocks to design, construct and develop new materials with an unprecedented
degree of versatility and physical efficiency. In the meantime, an interface material is any material
placed between two components to improve their thermal contact. A common use is thermal
dispersion where a TIM is placed between a heat generator (e.g. an integrated circuit) and a thermal
dissipator (e.g. a heat sink).
Hassanzadeh-Aghdam et al. (2014) conducted a comprehensive research utilizing two combined

analysis micro-mechanical approaches into the elastics behavior of carbon nanotube strengthened
polymer nanocomposites and found that two fundamental factors concerning carbon nanocomposite /
31
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
polymer nanocomposites behaviour are mainly responsible, including the carbon nanotube waviness
and a non-boned contact between the carbon nanotube and the underlying polymer interface. Ghassabi
et al. (2019) examined the vibroacoustic performance of carbon nanotubes (CNT) enhanced
composite doubly curved, thick shells with three-dimensional theory and identified that in the case of
doubly curved structures, the CNTs boost the sound insulation quality. Meanwhile, free and forced
vibrations, resonance and pulse anomalies were investigated in sandwich panels in the first order of
shear deformation, with isotropic core and composite supported by wavy carbon nanotubes face
sheets by Moradi-Dastjerdi and Momeni-Khabisi (2018). They found that increasing of CNT
wavelength reduces the frequency parameter significantly as well as increases amplitudes of vibration
and rising of CNT volume increases the normalized frequency as well as reduces the vibratory
amplitudes. Moreover, the overall behavior of random directed wavy carbon nanotube (CNT)-
reinforced polymer nanocomposites under uniaxial and biaxial loads was proposed as an elastoplastic
constituent model by Hasanzadeh et al. (2019). They identified that increasing the fraction of CNT
volume, the utilization of straight CNTs, reducing CNT diameters and growing interphase spacing
boost nanocomposite strengthening. Jalal et al. (2019) explored the principle of big data in composite
materials for a design based on “functionally graded carbon nanotube reinforced composites” through
“mesh-free” and “optimized neural network” approach and it was noticed that ONN could be
thousands of times faster than mesh-free methods in order to process the big data in composite
structures while maintaining the simulation error at 1 percent. In addition, Pan et al. (2016) analyzed
the effects on the effectiveness of the elastic modulus of curved carbon nanopath composites of
wavelength as well as agglomeration and they discovered that the stiffening of composites are
influenced by any of these factors. Furthermore, the dynamics of carbon nanotube (CNT)-inforced
cylindrical piezocomposite shells influenced by nanotube agglomeration were first studied through the
development of an empirical approach that combines theory and models by Bisheh et al. (2020). They
identified that nanotube agglomeration can reduce the velocity of the wave process by reducing
effective elastic properties.
The article aims to examine the effect and the mechanical characteristics of the waviness of carbon
nanotubes. In this article, single-wall carbon nanotubes were produced in the form of a finite element
model with the shear and elastic modulus determined with the adjustment of the wave-and-diameter
of the carbon nanotube. In addition, the carbon nanotube has been considered a framework-like
structure.
METHODOLOGY
The research work has been performed for aligned carbon nanotubes for evaluating the impact of
carbon nanotubes in the composite. Moreover, in order to measure the mean value of the strain, the
displacement value has been obtained from the horizontal sections of CNT. Atomic structure of
carbon nanotube has been illustrated in the Figure 1.
Figure 1. Atomic structure of carbon nanotube
32
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020

Figure 2 represnts the impact of transverse shear modulus with waviness ratio at a fixed wavelength
of 23.05 and volume fraction of 2.4% was considered. From the figure, it has been noticed that the
transverse shear modulus reduces with the increment of waviness ratio and maximum 12.25%
decrement has been recorded.
Figure 3 represnts the impact of longitudinal shear modulus with waviness ratio at a fixed wavelength
of 23.05 and volume fraction of 2.4% was considered. From the figure, it has been discovered that the
longitudinal shear modulus reduces with the increment of waviness ratio and maximum 8.1%
Figure 4 represnts the impact of transverse elastic modulus with waviness ratio at a fixed wavelength
of 23.05 and volume fraction of 2.4% was considered. From the figure, it has been found that the
transverse elastic modulus reduces with the increment of waviness ratio and maximum 14.4%
Figure 5 represnts the impact of longitudinal elastic modulus with waviness ratio at a fixed
wavelength of 23.05 and volume fraction of 2.4% was considered. From the figure, it has been
identified that the longitudinal elastic modulus reduces with the increment of waviness ratio and
maximum 64.2% decrement has been recorded.
Figure 6 represnts the impact of transverse shear modulus with volume fraction at a fixed wavelength
of 23.05. From the figure, it has been noticed that the transverse shear modulus increases with the
increment of volume fraction. Though the increment is not linear initially, it rises almost linearly after
reaching the volume fraction of 0.025. It has been found that transverse shear modulus increases up to
1.49 times in comparison to the pure matrix of polymer at 9% volume fraction.
Figure 7 represnts the impact of longitudinal shear modulus with volume fraction at a fixed
wavelength of 23.05. From the figure, it has been noticed that the longitudinal shear modulus
increases initially up to the volume fraction 0.035, then decreases a little bit and after reaching the
volume fraction of 0.055, it starts increasing. It has been discovered that longitudinal shear modulus
increases up to 2.11 times in comparison to the pure matrix of polymer at 9% volume fraction.
Figure 8 represnts the impact of transverse elastic modulus with volume fraction at a fixed wavelength
of 23.05. From the figure, it has been found that the transverse elastic modulus increases with the
increment of volume fraction. The increment is not linear initially, but it rises almost linearly after
reaching the volume fraction of 0.025. Maximum 1.64 times increment from the pure matrix of
polymer has been noticed for transverse elastic modulus at 9% volume fraction.
Figure 9 represnts the impact of longitudinal elastic modulus with volume fraction at a fixed
wavelength of 23.05. From the figure, it has been identified that the longitudinal elastic fluctuates
with the increment of volume fraction. Maximum 11.63 times increment from the pure matrix of
polymer has been observed for longitudinal elastic modulus at 9% volume fraction.
33
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure 2. Impact of transverse shear modulus with waviness ratio
1.16
Longitudinal Shear Modulus of Composite/Shear
1.14
1.12
Modulus of Matrix
1.1
1.08
1.06
1.04
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035
Waviness Ratio
Figure 3. Impact of longitudinal shear modulus with waviness ratio
34
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure 4. Impact of transverse elastic modulus with waviness ratio
Figure 5. Impact of longitudinal elastic modulus with waviness ratio
35
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
1.5
1.45
Transverse Shear Modules of Composite/Shear
1.4
1.35
Modulus of Matrix
1.3
1.25
1.2
1.15
1.1
1.05
1
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09
Volume Fraction
Figure 6. Impact of transverse shear modulus with volume fraction
Figure 7. Impact of longitudinal shear modulus with volume fraction
36
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure 8. Impact of transverse elastic modulus with volume fraction

Longitudinal Elastic Modulus of Composite/Shear
10.8
8.8
Modulus of Matrix
6.8
4.8
2.8
0.8
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09
Volume Fraction
Figure 9. Impact of longitudinal shear modulus with volume fraction
37
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
CONCLUSION
The research work has been performed for aligned carbon nanotubes for evaluating the impact of
carbon nanotubes in the composite. It has been found that the shear modulus and the elastic modulus
of composite tend to decrease with the increment of waviness ratio. Meanwhile, transverse and
longitudinal shear modulus decrease up to 12.25% and 8.1% respectively with the presence of
interface material. Moreover, maximum 14.4% and 64.2% decrement of transverse and longitudinal
elastic modulus respectively have been identified whenever the interface material is present. On the
other hand, a tendency of increment of the shear modulus and the elastic modulus has been noticed
with the increment of volume fraction of carbon nanotubes. It has been noticed that transverse and
longitudinal shear modulus increase up to 1.49 times and 2.11 times respectively in comparison to the
pure matrix of polymer at 9% volume fraction. In addition, maximum 1.64 times and 11.63 times
increment from the pure matrix of polymer have been noticed for transverse and longitudinal elastic
modulus respectively at 9% volume fraction.
REFERENCES
Bisheh H, Rabczuk T, Wu N 2020. Effects of nanotube agglomeration on wave dynamics of carbon
nanotube-reinforced piezocomposite cylindrical shells. Composites Part B: Engineering, 187:
107739.
Ghassabi M, Zarastvand MR, Talebitooti R 2019. Investigation of state vector computational solution
on modeling of wave propagation through functionally graded nanocomposite doubly curved thick
structures. Engineering with Computers, 21: 1-7.
Hassanzadeh-Aghdam MK, Ansari R, Darvizeh A 2017. A new micromechanics approach for
predicting the elastic response of polymer nanocomposites reinforced with randomly oriented and
distributed wavy carbon nanotubes. Journal of Composite Materials, 51(20): 2899-2912.
Hasanzadeh M, Ansari R, Hassanzadeh-Aghdam MK 2019. Micromechanical elastoplastic analysis of
randomly oriented nonstraight carbon nanotube-reinforced polymer nanocomposites. Mechanics of
Advanced Materials and Structures, 26(20): 1700-1710.
Jalal M, Moradi-Dastjerdi R, Bidram M 2019. Big data in nanocomposites: ONN approach and mesh-
free method for functionally graded carbon nanotube-reinforced composites. Journal of
Computational Design and Engineering, 6(2): 209-223.
Moradi-Dastjerdi R, Momeni-Khabisi H 2018. Vibrational behavior of sandwich plates with
functionally graded wavy carbon nanotube-reinforced face sheets resting on Pasternak elastic
foundation. Journal of Vibration and Control, 24(11): 2327-2343.
Pan J, Bian L, Zhao H, Zhao Y 2016. A new micromechanics model and effective elastic modulus of
nanotube reinforced composites. Computational Materials Science, 113: 21-26.
38
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
INDUSTRIAL POLICIES IN NEO-LIBERAL ERA: A COMPARISON AMONG

TURKEY, USA, AND INDIA
Ferhat Cagri ARAS1*, Associate Prof. Dr. Aparna Srivastava2

*1
PhD Scholar, Political Science, School of Liberal Arts, Noida International University,
Uttar Pradesh, India.
**2
Associate Prof, Head of School of Liberal Arts, Noida International University, Uttar
Pradesh, India.
Abstract
The economic crisis that started in 2008 brought a painful learning process in terms of policy
makers. Up until now, the largely accepted growth models have begun to be questioned. It is
possible to argue that the 2008-2009 global crisis has a role in the enlightenment, especially in
the developed countries manufacturing industry, in terms of sustainable growth, job creation
and technological progress. The industrial policy, which started to fall in the second half of the
1980s, became a focus of policy makers after the global crisis, while manufacturing industry
gained importance. All three strategic documents addressed in this paper are precious studies
designed in line with global economic conditions and national targets, and which can lead the
transformation of countries in the manufacturing industry. America in the coming period to
maintain its position in the manufacturing industry, while in strengthening anxiety, Turkey and
India's industrial policies (especially in the last 6 years programs commenced in), in this new
era as the documents were written order them to gain better place in the global manufacturing
market emerges. However, the application of strategy documents such as industrial policy is at
least as important as the design of these documents. Because the difficulties in implementing
the "Make in India" program and the inadequacy of political will make it difficult to imagine
such plans. It is possible to argue that the most critical point about implementation is the
authority, skill and determination of the institution that owns the plan.
In this paper, we will compare industrial policies between Turkey, USA and India in the Neo-
Liberal Era.
Keywords: India, Turkey, Political Economy, USA, Industrial Policy
Basic Parameters and Its Interpretations

Price of national income and its share in total employment in the manufacturing industry is
little less in USA and India than in Turkey; but when viewed on high-tech exports, and overall
value, both in terms of share of exports from India and the United States turns out to be a much
better place than Turkey.1 The importance of export quality products, these two countries have
grasped better than Turkey. In 2012, the national income of Turkey is about one-fifth that of
employment nearly a third, representing one in producing advanced technology of Turkey's
1
The Data presented taking by World Development Indicators
(http://databank.worldbank.org/data/reports.aspx?source=world-development-indicators )
(last access: 16.08.2020)
39
manufacturing industry world that are lagging behind this degree, brings existential certain
questions relating to this industrially.
Recent developments in the manufacturing industry indicate that we have begun to live in a
new era: The dizzying technological progress in recent years has contributed to the
improvement of transport services, in addition to the progress in new products and production
processes. This new era, in which companies and people can reach each other much more
quickly and easily, has brought the globalization of the value chain of production.
In addition, the trend of "returning home" also attracts attention when foreign investors move
to developing countries in the last 20 years. Bilateral and regional free trade agreements give
the manufacturing industry a new dimension in global competition. The transformation of the
manufacturing industry brings with it different approaches to industrial policy: in addition to
the traditional policy of product market interventions (production support, public ownership,
tariff protection) and R & D and investment incentives, facilitation of access to finance, we are
seeing measures such as strengthening the link between the establishment and operation of the
production ecosystem (between firms, private sector, universities and public institutions),
creating and improving the institutions that will help the development of the production
ecosystem (Ken, 2013).
It is possible to argue that in the US, which is still the world's number one manufacturer, the
post-crisis manufacturing industry has increased its place on the agenda. The report, A National
Strategic Plan for Advanced Manufacturing, presented by US President Barack Obama in 2012,
was prepared by the Science and Technology Council - Science and Technology Council,
which advises the President on science and technology. In this note, the basic motivation of
this document is to draw a road map to the American manufacturing sector - especially to the
way the SMEs do business - to re-shape. The United States, which maintains its leadership in
added value in the global manufacturing industry, has recently been worried about losing its
competitive power in the manufacturing industries of countries such as Japan, Korea, Germany
and China (James, Jeff, & Richard, 2012). A report published by the Information Technology
and Innovation Foundation in 2012 has placed America at the top of the list of the 44 most
advanced countries in the world since 2000, without developing innovation-based
competitiveness (Atkinson & Scott, 2009). In Germany, Korea and Japan, the share of R & D-
intensive manufacturing sectors in total manufacturing industry is higher than in the United
States. While the share of total exports in high-tech products in 2000 was 34 percent, this figure
declined to 18 percent in 2011 (Atkinson & Scott, 2009). The US has also shaped its industrial
strategy around the "advanced manufacturing - advanced manufacturing" industry, taking into
account its current position.
In India, which has been among the most important exporters of the services sector for many
years, we see that some measures are being taken to strengthen the manufacturing industry. In
addition to the unfavourable conditions of the global economy, the tendency of domestic
consumption to decline has put considerable pressure on India's growth performance
(Haruhiko, 2013). One of the proposals put forward to revitalize the slowing economy of the
country and restore growth momentum is to strengthen the manufacturing industry which has
been neglected until the last turn. India aims to increase its share of 14 percent in 2012 to 25
percent by 2025. The Manufacturing Plan: Beyond the 12th Five-Year Plan and Strategies to
Accelerate Growth of Manufacturing Industries in India, the report on the industry's upcoming
transformation strategy putting. This strategy document, prepared by a planning commission
established under the 12th Development Plan, the country similar to Turkey. It is planned that
the country's industrial policy will be shaped on three key elements: i) the development of the
manufacturing and manufacturing capacity of the manufacturing industry, ii) the improvement
2
40
of the performance of the selected sectors, and iii) the improvement of the functioning of the
institutions (NITI Aayog, n.d.). This strategy report, in which the conversion rhetoric felt
weaker than the other two countries, noted that the proposed policies had the aim of providing
paradigm shifts in the manufacturing industry of the country.
The emphasis on transformation of the industry in the Tenth Development Plan in Turkey felt
quite clearly. Of course, this will be spent in Turkey's manufacturing industry will be the first
conversion. Since the 1990s, the fact that low-tech products leave a considerable part of the
share of exports to medium-tech products is a major achievement in Turkey economic history.
Other changes in the economic conjuncture, such as this transformation and regional trade
agreements, obliged the industrial policy to evolve since the planned period. Prior to 1980, the
import-substitution industrialization strategy left an approach that left its place to less and less
selective, horizontal areas and the nature of company operations. Since the 2000s, Turkey's
industrial policy, support for SMEs, elimination of regional disparities, it is observed that given
to the issue of creating a favourable environment for international capital. While the share of
medium-technology products in exports increases, the share of exports of products requiring
advanced technology decreases and the need for structural transformation in the manufacturing
industry is clearly confronted. Another source of this worrying table, low R & D spending and
the quality of human resource bottlenecks, stood out as others among the factors highlighted
in the development plan to demonstrate the necessity of transformation of the manufacturing
industry (Tureli, 2018).
While we look at basic research documents prepared in each of the three countries 2-3-4, the
prospect of a qualified human resource, one of the most important inputs of a high-tech
manufacturing industry, has been emphasized in all three strategy documents, but some
qualitative differences are puzzling. As in the United States and Turkey plotted vision for the
coming period in India, being the mainstay of the manufacturing industry's way of removing
the unskilled labour. The belief that all manufacturing companies need low-cost labour, raw
materials and easy access and convenient working environment is not an opinion that
represents the present and the future of the manufacturing industry (Manyika & George, 2013).
A flexible and self-regulating education system that responds to the needs of companies is
crucial for these three countries. Manufacturing Industry in Transformation SCR will serve this
purpose were given plenty of space policy: the most powerful indicator of the discredited one
of the vocational high tendency of industrialization in Turkey, highlighted in the report as a
serious threat. However, it is worrying that the Development Plan has no reference to labor and
skills in the transformation part of the industry. Although the qualified human resource is one
of the four major development axes of the Plan, it is not important that there is no emphasis on
the specific needs of the manufacturing industry. Turkey and India in particular reports that
identify and draw attention to labor market regulation proposals. The point that the USA report
differentiates in this respect is that the labor needs of the manufacturing industry are handled
within a time frame: Today's employees, the individuals preparing to enter the workforce, and
the policies to be implemented for the next generation are addressed separately. It is possible
to argue that this approach makes the report more realistic and practical.
2
For USA; The Brookings-Rockegeller Project on State and Metropolitan Innovation
3
For India: The Manufacturing Plan; Strategies for Accelerating Growth of
Manufacturing in India in the 12th Five Year Plan and Beyond
4
For Turkey: https://www.resmigazete.gov.tr/eskiler/2013/07/20130706M1-1-1.doc (last access:
15.08.2020)
3
41
When we look at sector specific policy measures, different emphasis is placed on the three
strategy documents. India's strategy document included recommendations for 18 sectors.
However, the sector group is a bit different: the sectors covered by the letter, i) those with
strategic importance; ii) sectors that provide basic input, iii) sectors that provide added value
and depth, and iv) employment creators. In the strategic targets of the sectors, the presence of
these groupings is felt, and when assessed from this standpoint, it is possible to argue that the
strategic document prepared by India is more "selective" than the others in the sector. However,
this document is observed where more emphasis is placed on horizontal area than background
as similar as Turkey. In the USA's strategy document, the sectoral approach seems to have
chosen to focus on four areas covering the entire manufacturing process of the advanced
manufacturing industry: i) advanced manufacturing products, ii) product technology platforms,
iii) advanced manufacturing processes, iv) data and design infrastructure (Manyika & George,
2013).
Conclusion
All three strategic documents addressed in this term paper are precious studies designed in line
with global economic conditions and national targets, and which can lead the transformation
of countries in the manufacturing industry. America in the coming period to maintain its
position in the manufacturing industry, while in strengthening anxiety, Turkey and India's
industrial policies (especially in the last 4 years programs commenced in), in this new era as
the documents were written order them to gain better place in the global manufacturing market
emerges. However, the application of strategy documents such as industrial policy is at least
as important as the design of these documents. Because the difficulties in implementing the
"Make in India" program and the inadequacy of political will make it difficult to imagine such
plans. It is possible to argue that the most critical point about implementation is the authority,
skill and determination of the institution that owns the plan.
The US plan presented by former President Obama seems to have been personally owned by
the top policy maker in the country in this respect. Even if Trump tries to change this program
on its own, federal agencies that are responsible for ensuring the implementation of the
proposed policies in each department are the main focus of this program, once the route map
to the five targets on the basis of the document has been identified. India's industrial policy
seems to have been owned by the Indian Planning Commission, the Ministry of Industry Policy
and Promotion and the Competition Board of the Manufacturing-related Manufacturing.
Perhaps, in India, which has a long tradition of democracy, the complex bureaucratic structure
that slows down decision-making and implementation slows down the concern that it may
jeopardize the applicability of the industrial policy document, and has provided the authorities
with their mandates and mandates to implement the plan, along with the proposed policies, in
detail. In Turkey, the lack of coordination between institutions and relevant bodies often not
enough understanding of the multidimensional strategy documents, such as industrial policy,
brings with it the danger of incomplete ambitious targets. the increasing political tension in the
last decade has resulted in the start of the work of these policies to regress and regulate all
policies.
4
42
Resources
Articles
• Atkinson Robert & Andes Scott, The information Technology and Innovation
Foundation, European-American Business Council, Washington, 2009
• Manyika James & Sinclair Jeff & Dobbs Richard, Manufacturing the Future: The
Next Era of Global Growth and Innovation, Mckinsey Global Institute, 2012
• Tureli Orhan, Turkiye’de Sanayi Politikalarinin Dunu ve Bugunu, 2018, Istanbul
• Warwick Ken, Beyond Industrial Policy: Emerging Issues and New Trends, OECD
Science, Technology and Industry Policy Papers, No.2, OECD Publishing, Paris, 2013
Online Resources
• Word Development Indicators:

http://databank.worldbank.org/data/reports.aspx?source=world-development-
indicators
• https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/kindle/2013-02/21/content_16242238.htm
• http://www.planningcommission.nic.in/aboutus/committee/strgrp12/str_manu2703.pd
f
• https://www.resmigazete.gov.tr/eskiler/2013/07/20130706M1-1-1.doc
• https://www.washingtonpost.com/postlive/opinion-dispelling-myths-about-
manufacturing/2013/04/29/4616e730-aea3-11e2-a986-
eec837b1888b_story.html?utm_term=.aa3bf83adf5a
5
43
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
CONCOMITANT LYMPHOMA AND TUBERCULOSIS IN A PARROT
Gözde YÜCEL TENEKECİ1*, Osman KUTSAL1**

1
Ankara University, Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Department of Pathology, Ankara, Turkey.
* Orcid: 0000-0002-2586-8346
** Orcid: 0000-0003-3599-6867
Abstract
Neoplasia is an important problem that should not be overlooked in avian species. In addition to tumors,
diseases such as tuberculosis may develop when the immune system is suppressed. In this case,
lymphoma and productive lung tuberculosis were observed simultaneously in 10 years old, male, grey
parrot. After necropsy was performed, specimens were fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin. Tissues
were processed routinely and stained with hematoxylin-eosin and Ziehl-Neelsen Staining for acid-fast
bacilli detection. Microscopically, atypical neoplastic lymphoid cells were seen in spleen and liver and
a granulomatous tubercle was detected in the lung. Concomitant tuberculosis and lymphoma is a rare
occurrence in parrots that may be due to the immunosuppression of the animal.
Keywords: avian, lymphoma, pathomorphology, tuberculosis
INTRODUCTION
A wide variety of neoplastic diseases are seen in avian species. Especially pet birds like parrots suffer
from neoplastic diseases. Lymphoma is one of the most common neoplasms in psittacines and
passerines (Leach, 1992; Coleman, 1995; Schmidt and Quesenberry, 1997). On the other hand, when
considering lymphoma in all poultry, it should not be forgotten that many types of lymphoma occur as
a result of viral infections like Marek’s disease and Avian leukosis (Shivaprasad, 2017).
Tuberculosis is a common disease in poultry as well as in mammals. While several mycobacterial
species can cause avian tuberculosis, the most common agent is Mycobacterium avium. It causes
tubercle fomations in organs such as intestine, liver, spleen. Microscopically, lesions of avian
tuberculosis consist of a central necrotic area surrounded by epithelial cells, lymphocytes,
multinucleated giant cells and a fibrous capsule. Calcification of the necrosis is rarely seen in avian
species. Acid-resistant bacilli are abundant in the central or necrotic area of the tubercle (Fulton and
Thoen, 2003; Dhama et al, 2007).
The aim of the study was to examine pathomorphologically this case, in which two important diseases
such as lymphoma and tuberculosis were seen at the same time.

The material of the case was 10 years old, male, grey parrot. It was brought to Ankara Univesity,
Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Department of Pathology for necropsy. After necropsy was performed,
specimens were fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin, processed routinely and embedded in paraffin.
Sections (4-5 µm) were stained with haematoxylin and eosin (HE) and examined under light
microscope. Also, Ziehl-Neelsen Staining was done for specimens from lung.
44
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
RESULTS
Macroscopically, it was noticed that the liver was enlarged and took up quite a lot of space in the body
cavity (Figure 1). There were yellowish mottling on the surface of the liver and its edges were blunt.
Also, the spleen was enlarged and reached 2 cm diameter. The right lobe of the lung was slightly dirty
yellowish in color.
Figure1. Enlargement and yellowish mottling (arrow) on the surface of the liver.
Microscopically, atypical neoplastic lymphoid cells, mostly composed of lymphoblasts, were seen
among dissociated cords (Figure 2.a). Degenerative-necrotic changes were observed in most
hepatocytes. The same neoplastic cells were also found in the spleen (Figure 2. b). In some areas, it was
observed that follicle structures disappeared due to neoplastic cells. In the lung, a tubercle structure
formed was seen (Figure 2. c). Neutrophil leukocytes, histiocytes, epithelioid cells, macrophages,
lymphocytes and foreign body giant cells was found around the necrosis that located at the center of the
tubercle (Figure 2. d). Acid-resistant bacilli were detected with Ziehl-Neelsen Staining.
45
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure2. a. Atypical lymphoid cells (arrows) between cords and degenerative hepatocytes
(arrowheads), liver, HE., b. Atypical lymphoid cells (arrows), spleen, HE., c. Histological appearance
of the tubercle formation, lung, HE., d. Closer image of the square in c, necrosis (star), foreign body
giant cell (arrow), macrophages and epiteloid cells (arrowhead), lung, HE.
DISCUSSION
In this case, lymphoma, which is reported to be very common in pet birds, was encountered in
accordance with the literature (Leach, 1992; Coleman, 1995; Schmidt and Quesenberry, 1997).
Enlargement of the organs like liver and spleen is also one of the pathomorphological lesion we expect
to be seen in lymphoma cases (Coleman, 1995; Reavill, 2001). So, pathomorphological changes
observed in the case were also compatible with the literatures. With this case, considering that
lymphoma was seen in a 10-year-old parrot, it was emphasized that the incidence of neoplasia increases
with age.
Another finding that we encountered in the same patient incidentally was tuberculosis. It has been
reported that tubercle formation in poultry is seen mostly in intestine, liver, spleen, ovaries, testes, and
bone marrow. In lungs it is only seen occasionally as in case of tuberculosis of pigions and water fowl
(Fulton and Thoen, 2003; Dvorska et al., 2007). In contrast, in this case the tubercle structure was seen
in a lung of a parrot. Histologically, in this case, unlike mammalian tuberculosis, the observation of
necrosis without calcification and the observation of a foreign body giant cell were consistent with the
literature (Fulton and Thoen, 2003; Dhama et al, 2007, Mayahi, 2013).
CONCLUSION
Concomitant lymphoma and tuberculosis has not been reported in a parrot before. We can actually
attribute this to the fact that postmortem examination of pet birds such as parrots is not demanded by
46
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
the owners. Neoplasms generally suppress the immune system, and the possibility of tuberculosis
increases when the immune system is suppressed.
REFERENCES
1. Coleman CW 1995. Lymphoid neoplasia in pet birds: a review. J Avian Med Surg., 9:3-7.
2. Dhama K, Mahendran M, Tomar S 2007. “Avian tuberculosis: an overview,” Poultry Punch, 24 (3):
38–52.
3. Dvorska L, Matlova L, Ayele WY, Fischer OA, Amemori T, Weston RT., Pavlik, I 2007. Avian
tuberculosis in naturally infected captive water birds of the Ardeideae and Threskiornithidae families
studied by serotyping, IS901 RFLP typing, and virulence for poultry. Veterinary microbiology, 119(2-
4): 366-374.
4. Fulton RM, Thoen CO 2003. “Tuberculosis,” in Diseases of Poultry, Saif YM., Barnes HJ, Glisson
JR, Fadly FM, Mc Dougald LR, Swayne DE, Eds, Iowa State University Press, Ames, IA, USA, 836-
844 pp.
5. Leach MW 1992. “A survey of neoplasia in pet birds,” Seminars in Avian and Exotic Pet Medicine,
1(2): 52-64.
6. Mayahi M, Esmaeilzadeh S, Mosavari N 2013. Histopathological study of avian tuberculosis in
naturally infected domestic pigeons with Mycobacterium avium subsp. avium. Iranian Journal of
Veterinary Science and Technology, 5(1): 45-56.
7. Reavill DR 2001. "Pet bird oncology." Proc Annu Conf Assoc Avian Vet. pp.29-43.
8. Schmidt RE, Quesenberry K 1997. “Neoplasia. Neoplastic diseases,” in Avian Medicine and Surgery,
Altman RB, Clubb SL, Dorrestein GM, Quesenberry K, Eds., WB Saunders, Philadelphia, Pa, USA,
590-60 pp.
9. Shivaprasad, HL 2002 "Pathology of birds–an overview." CL Davis Foundation Conference on Gross
Morbid Anatomy of Animals, AFIP, Washington DC.
47
INTERNATIONAL TOKYO CONFERENCE ON INNOVATIVE STUDIES OF TOKYO SUMMIT,
CONTEMPORARY SCIENCES-II 2020
IN VITRO MORPHOGENETIC RESPONSES IN LEAF DISC EXPLANTS OF

SUGARCANE (Saccharum Officinarum L.) COS 96268
Jyoti Rastogi1,2*, P. Bubber2 and R.K. Singh1

1
Sugarcane Research Institute (U.P. Council of Sugarcane Research), Shahjahanpur-
242001, (Uttar Pradesh), India
2
Discipline of Biochemistry, School of Sciences, Indira Gandhi National Open University
(IGNOU), New Delhi- 10068
Abstract
Robust direct regeneration protocols are essential for the development of efficient genetic
transformation systems. The regeneration potential in leaf explants vis-à-vis 2 nd direct
and indirect organogenesis under hormonal influence was investigated. Different levels
of Auxin (2, 4-D = 0-5mg/l) and Cytokinin (Kinetin = 0-1 mg/l) alone and in
combination with each other were tested. The young leaf tissues were found to develop
root (hormone free medium), callus, shoot (1 mg/l 2, 4-D + 0.5 mg/l Kin) and both root
and shoot (3 mg/l 2, 4-D + 0.5 mg/l Kin), the callus so produced also regenerated shoots
(0.2 mg/l BAP+0.1 mg/l NAA), which could be further multiplied (0.8 mg/l BAP+0.1
mg/l NAA mg/l) and readily rooted on half strength basal MS medium. The study
concluded that CoS 96268 is a responsive genotype vis-à-vis direct organogenesis and
leaf tissues of the cultivar could be taken up for optimization of direct regeneration and
development of transformation systems.
Key words: Sugarcane, Leaf tissue, Dedifferentiation, Direct regeneration
Introduction
Sugarcane (Saccharum spp. hybrids) is a crop with high economic significance as it accounts
for more than 80% of the world’s sugar production. Past few years research have been
focused on an alternative biofuel source to conventional petroleum fuels that lead to global
warming. It is conventionally propagated through stem cuttings (called ‘setts’). Crop
improvement via biotechnological tools like genetic engineering and plant tissue culture has
given a new dimension of research. Plant tissue culture technology is being broadly applied
for commercial plant multiplication. It is a rapid method to multiply thousands of plants in
short time. Leaves are good target tissues (i.e explants) for in vitro mass propagation and
genetic transformation of sugarcane as is evident from previous studies (Snyman et al.,
2006; Kalunke et al., 2009; Pandey et al., 2012; Rani et al., 2012; Wang et al., 2017).
The regeneration from leaf tissues is generally preceded by a callus phase. This is
undesirable in sugarcane, which on account of high ploidy level is very unstable in vitro.
Moreover regeneration through callus also requires longer duration in culture for callus
multiplication and regeneration of plantlet, further aggravating the chances of somaclonal
variation and increasing the overall costs involved. Thus, direct regeneration systems are
the need of hour. But the direct regeneration in sugarcane has generally been limited to
48
inflorescence tissues in sugarcane (Snyman et al., 2006) which are not frequently
available on account of irregular flowering behaviour in time and space. Of late direct
regeneration in sugarcane has been obtained from thin cell layer (Laxmanan et al., 2006),
leaf segments (Gill et al., 2006) and leaf midrib segments (Franklin et al., 2006).
However, genotype constitution influences morphogenic responses in tissue culture
systems (Gill et al., 2006; Garcia et al., 2007), making studies on morphogenic
competence of different commercial cultivars necessary.
The present study was conducted to evaluate regeneration potential in leaf

explants of sugarcane CoS96268, an elite early maturing, high biomass and sugar
yielding cultivar with multiple resistance to diseases; which also transformed with
Cry1Ac gene for early shoot borer resistance. In a quest to develop a protocol for direct
regeneration from leaf tissue of CoS 96268, the effect of various concentrations of auxin,
cytokinin and their combinations was studied. Procedures described for somatic
embryogenesis and organogenesis in sugarcane generally include a phase of callus
induction in the dark, followed by transfer of the callus to a medium for shoot induction /
germination of somatic embryo. This medium without/low amounts of 2, 4-D and that
including cytokinins (Irvine et al., 1991) have been used for shoot regeneration from
callus. In an attempt to induce dedifferentiation and shoot induction in leaf explants of
sugarcane, on the same medium, different combinations of 2, 4-D and Kinetin were tried.
This is the first report describing investigation of direct regeneration potential of
sugarcane cultivar under the combined influence of 2, 4-D and kinetin. The direct
induction of shoots and simultaneous induction of roots and shoots are also being
reported for the first time in sugarcane.
Materials and methods
Explant preparation and inoculation
Field grown plants of sugarcane cultivar CoS96268 (8-10 months old) growing at
experimental farm of Sugarcane Research Institute, Shahjahanpur, U.P. served as source
material. Shoot tops were harvested and a 10 cm spindle of leaves attached to the shoot
apex was obtained after removing the attached leaves. Outer leaf sheaths were removed
and the remaining tissue was wiped with 70% ethanol and washed with 1% tween20
(Duchefa Biochemie, Netherlands). Subsequent to this the spindle was surface sterilized
with 0.1% (w/v) mercuric chloride (HgC12) solution for 12 minutes under aseptic
conditions. After four rinses with sterile distilled water, the cylinder (5-8 cm) containing
shoot apex and 3-4 attached rolled leaves was excised. Such cylinders were sliced into
approx. 5 mm thick discs or 2cm segments containing midrib region of young unopened
leaves which were placed on semisolid MS medium (Murashige & Skoog, 1962)
supplemented with different levels of auxin (2, 4-D = 0-5mg/l) and cytokinin (Kinetin =
0-1 mg/l) alone and in combination with each other.
49
Culture conditions
The pH of the medium was adjusted to 5.7 prior to all autoclaving. The cultures
were incubated in 25± 20C and 16 h light under white florescent light with a photon flux
density 30µmol m-2s-1(a relatively low light regime) for five weeks.
Results and discussion
Direct regeneration from leaf tissues is an ideal system for Agrobacterium

mediated transformation. Direct regeneration reduces time involved in various stages of
tissue culture also reducing the chance of somaclonal variation (Laxmanan et al., 2006;
Pandey et al., 2012). The leaf tissue provides chances for optimal penetration and
infection by Agrobacteria. Further, the regenerates, under this system originate from one
or a few cells, reducing the chances of shoot escapes or chimeras. The regeneration
potential in leaf explants of sugarcane cultivar CoS96268 vis-à-vis direct and indirect
organogenesis under hormonal influence was investigated.
The young leaf tissues have been frequently used to induce callus in sugarcane
(Chengalrayan & Gallo-Meagher, 2001) however there are very few reports on direct
regeneration from these tissues (Snyman et al., 2006; Laxmanan et al., 2006; Franklin et
al., 2006; Garcia et al., 2007; Gill et al., 2006; Watt et al., 2009) and no report of
simultaneous root shoot induction in the leaf tissues of sugarcane. Different levels of
auxin (2, 4-D = 0-5 mg/l) and cytokinin (Kinetin = 0-1 mg/l) alone and in combination
with each other were tested. 2, 4-D and Kinetin have been frequently used to elicit in
vitro morphogenic responses in sugarcane (Chengalrayan & Gallo-Meagher, 2001) rather
than 2, 4-D and Kinetin together.
In the present study, young leaf tissues of sugarcane cultivar CoS 96268 were
found to develop roots (fig1.g&h), callus (fig1.a), shoots (fig1.d&e), and simultaneously
both root and shoots (fig1.j). Callus and shoot cultures from directly regenerated shoots,
could be multiplied further (fig.1.b&f) on callus multiplication medium and shoot
multiplication medium respectively. Callus cultures produced normal shoots (fig1.c) on
regeneration medium, while shoot cultures rooted normally on rooting medium (fig1.i).
The hormonal concentrations and the medium that generated these morphogenetic
responses in leaf explants of CoS 96268 are summarized in table (1).
The young leaf tissues were found to develop root on hormone free medium. This
indicates the presence of endogenous hormonal balance in favor of rooting response.
Rooting from leaf explants was also reported by Nand Lal (2003). The successful
induction of callus from leaf tissues on MS medium supplemented with high levels of 2,4
D in the present study is in line with the reports of several authors in sugarcane (Fitch &
Moore, 1990; Oropeza & Garcia, 1996; Chengalrayan & Gallo-Meagher, 2001). The
multiplication of Callus on callus multiplication medium (table-1) and regeneration of
shoots on shoot regeneration medium (Table-1) was successfully achieved in the present
study. The results are similar to earlier reports mentioned above; however the amount of
50
phytohormones required for eliciting the optimal response did vary. This of course could
be attributed to the genotype associated variations in tissue culture (Gill et al., 2006;
Garcia et al., 2007).
In the present study optimum shoot induction response was obtained on MS

medium supplemented with 1mg/l 2, 4-D + 0.5 mg/l Kin. These shoots could be further
multiplied optimally on shoot multiplication medium (Table 1). Direct regeneration of
shoots in leaf explants of sugarcane is an established phenomenon (Snyman et al., 2006;
Laxmanan et al., 2006; Franklin et al., 2006; Garcia et al., 2007; Gill et al., 2006; Watt et
al., 2009), however, the regeneration potential is genotype dependent (Gill et al., 2006;
Garcia et al., 2007) and is governed by auxin cytokinin ratio (Chengalrayan & Gallo-
Meagher, 2001). Direct shoot induction was observed at 1 mg/l 2, 4-D + 0.5 mg/l Kin
which is different from other reports on direct regeneration of shoots from leaf explants
in sugarcane (Snyman et al., 2006; Laxmanan et al., 2006; Franklin et al., 2006; Garcia et
al., 2007; Gill et al., 2006) who have used NAA instead of 2, 4-D. Chengalrayan et al.
(2005) have described shoot formation from callus on medium supplemented with 2, 4-D.
Our results show that both the hormones added to the medium at optimum doses could
lead to direct formation of shoots on leaf explants when incubated under light. This could
be attributed to the manifestation of dedifferentiation due to 2, 4-D and shoot induction
due to cytokinins simultaneously. The other reports on direct regeneration in sugarcane
utilized NAA instead of 2, 4-D.
Present study indicated that leaf explants have the potential for simultaneous
induction of both roots and shoots, provided a suitable auxin-cytokinin balance is
supplimented by the culture medium. In the present study the response was elicited when
the explants were placed on MS medium supplemented with 3 mg/l 2, 4-D + 0.5 mg/l
Kin) and incubated under light. Chengalrayan et al. (2005) described formation of
embryoids in sugarcane callus cultured for two weeks on, 2, 4-D supplemented medium
subsequent development both root and shoot when transferred to MS basal medium.
The shoots induced directly on leaf explants and those regenerated from callus,
could be rooted readily on transfer to rooting medium (table 1) enabling the formation of
complete viable plantlet ready for hardening and field plantation. Rooting of
dedifferentiated shoots on hormone free MS medium is also described by Franklin et al.
(2006).
Thus, the study concluded that CoS96268 is a responsive genotype vis-à-vis direct
organogenesis and leaf tissues of the cultivar could be taken up for optimization of direct
regeneration and development of transformation systems.
51
References
Chengalrayan K, Gallo-Meagher M (2001) Effect of various growth regulators on shoot
regeneration of sugarcane. In Vitro Cell Dev Biol-Plant 37: 434–439.
Chengalrayan K, Abouzid A, Gallo-Meagher M (2005) In vitro regeneration of plants

from sugarcane seed-derived callus. In Vitro Cell. Dev. Biol.—Plant 41: 477–482.
Fitch MM, Moore PH (1990) Comparison of 2,4-D and picloram for selection of long-
term totipotent green callus cultures of sugarcane. Plant Cell Tiss. Organ Cult. 20:
157-163.
Franklin G, Arvinth S, Sheeba CJ, Kanchana M, Subramonian N (2006) Auxin

pretreatment promotes regeneration of sugarcane (Saccharum spp. hybrids)
midrib segment explants. - Plant Growth Regul. 50: 111–119.
Garcia R, Cidade D , Castellar A , Lips A , Magioli C, Callado C, Mansur E (2007) In

vitro morphogenesis patterns from shoot apices of sugar cane are determined by
light and type of growth regulator. Plant Cell Tiss Organ Cult 90: 181–190.
Gill R, Malhotra PK, Gosal SS (2006) Direct plant regeneration from cultured young leaf
segments of sugarcane. -Plant Cell, Tissue and Organ Cult. 84: 227-231.
Irvine JE, Benda GTA, Legendre BL, Machado GR (1991) The frequency of marker
changes in sugarcane plants regenerated from callus culture. II. Evidence for
vegetative and genetic transmission, epigenetic effects and chimeral disruption.
Plant Cell Tiss. Organ Cult. 26: 115-125.
Kalunke RM, Kolge AM, Harinath babu K, Prasad DT (2009) Agrobacterium mediated
transformation of sugarcane for borer resistance using Cry 1Aa3 gene and one
step regeneration of transgenic plants. Sugar Tech 11(4): 355-359
Laxmanan P, Geijskes RJ, Wang L, Elliott A, Grof CPL, Berding N, Smith GR (2006)
Developmental and hormonal regulation of direct shoot organogenesis and
somatic embryogenesis in sugarcane (Saccharum spp. interspecific hybrids) leaf
culture. Plant Cell Rep. 25: 1007–1015.
Murashige T, Skoog F (1962) A revised medium for rapid growth and bioassays with
tobacco tissue cultures. Physiol Plant. 15: 473–497.
Nand Lal (2003) High Frequency Plant Regeneration from Sugarcane Callus Sugar Tech
Vol. 5 (l&2): 89 - 91
Oropeza M, GarcõÂa E (1996) Somaclonal variants resistant to sugarcane mosaic virus

and their agronomic characterization. In Vitro Cell. Dev. Biol. Plant 32: 26-30.
52
Pandey RN, Singh SP, Rastogi J, Sharma ML, Singh RK (2012) Early assessment of
genetic fidelity in sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum) plantlets regenerated
through direct organogenesis with RAPD and SSR markers. AJCS 6(4): 618-624.
Rani, K., K. Surinder. S. Sandhu, S. Gosal. 2012. Genetic Augmentation of Sugarcane

Through Direct Gene Transformation with Osgly II Gene Construct. Sugar Tech
14(3): 229-236.
Snyman SJ, Meyer GM, Richards JM, Haricharan N, Ramgareeb S, Huckett BL (2006)
Refining the application of direct embryogenesis in sugarcane: effect of the
developmental phase of leaf disc explants and the timing of DNA transfer on
transformation efficiency. - Plant Cell Rep. 25: 1016-1023.
Watt MP, Banasiak M, Reddy D, Albertse EH, Snyman SJ (2009) In vitro minimal
growth storage of Saccharum spp. Hybrid (genotype 88H0019) at two stages of
direct somatic embryogenic regeneration. Plant Cell Tiss Organ Cult. 96: 263–
271.
Table: 1 Medium composition eliciting different responses in leaf explants of CoS96268
S.No. Optimum regeneration response Medium used

1 Direct induction of root MS (hormone free)
2 Callus induction MS + 3.0 mg/l
3 Callus multiplication MS + 2.0 mg/l
4 Regeneration from callus 0.2 mg/l BAP+ 0.1 mg/l NAA
5 Direct shoot induction 1 mg/l 2, 4-D + 0.5 mg/l Kin
6 Shoot multiplication 0.8 mg/l BAP+0.1 mg/l NAA mg/l
7 Root induction in multiplied shoots ½ MS (hormone free)
8 Simultaneous root shoot induction 3 mg/l 2, 4-D + 0.5 mg/l Kin
53
Fig 1. Morphogenetic responses of leaf Explants of Sugarcane cultivar CoS96268. A.

induction of callus in leaf disc explants, b callus multiplication, c. shoot
regeneration from callus, d & e direct induction of shoots in leaf segment and leaf
disc, f. multiplication of shoot cultures, g & h direct induction of roots in leaf
segment and leaf disc, i. rooting of shoots (view of the flask base to show profuse
rooting), j. simultaneous induction of root and shoot on the same medium, k.
rooted plantlet of sugarcane cultivar CoS96268.
54
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
MOLECULAR STRUCTURAL ELUCIDATION AND LOCATION OF MN(II)

ION IN DIAQUAZINC(DIAQUABISMALONATO)ZINCATE BY
SPECTROSCOPIC STUDIES
K. Parthipana*
a
Dept of Chemistry, SIVET College, Gowrivakkam, Chennai-600073, India
Abstract:
Single crystal EPR, optical, FT-IR and powder XRD studies of Mn(II) ion incorporated
diaquazinc(diaquabismalonato)zincate were carried out at room temperature to get
understanding about the dopant. Observed EPR spectrum result shows 30 lines hyperfine
patterns, it indicates manganese present in the host lattice with large D value. The spin
Hamiltonian parameter have been evaluated using three orthogonal crystal rotations: gxx
= 1.997, gyy = 2.004, gzz = 2.008 ; Axx = 8.32, Ayy = 8.54, Azz = 9.74; Dxx = 35.4 Dyy =
7.46 Dzz = -42.85 mT. The large zero field tensor due to steric interaction of malonato
bridge. The direction cosines of spin Hamiltonian parameters (g, A and D) were propose
that Mn(II) ion has entered the lattice substutionally and precise direction has been
establish with help of position of atoms in host lattice. The covalency of Mn(II)ligand
bonds were estimated using Matumura’s plot. The observed optical band were assigned
as transition from the 6A1g(S) ground state to various excited quartet levels of Mn(II) in
distorted octahedral symmetry. The theoretical band positions were examined by energy
expression and its good agreement with experimental values. The crystal field (Dq) and
Racah inter electronic repulsion parameters were studied as well.
Keywords: EPR Spectroscopy, Manganese, Spin Hamiltonian, Zinc malonate
1. Introduction:
Structural investigations of Cu(II) and VO(II) ion in zinc and cadmium malonato
complexes were reported [1-2]. The results designated that the dopant has entered the
lattice substutionally, which was a rare surveillance due to the structural constricts. In
continuation of our effort to malonato complexes due to considerable important in the
field of crystal engineering, supramolecular architecture, molecular electronics, catalysis,
magnetic materials. In addition carboxylic acid were essential compounds for living
organism and also strong coordination ability to various transition metal ions such as
Cu(II), Co(II), Ni(II) etc, malonic acid was also a good chelating ligand leading to form
homometallic chain compounds. Due to the fact that malonate are suitable aspirant for
the examination of exchange coupling interaction between the adjacent metal, have
played prominent role for many biological system [3-5]. For examples, zinc malonate
used as dental relevances, platinum malonato complexes have employed as treatment of
malignant tumor. Malonic acid is well known competitive inhibitor of symbiotic
nitrogen metabolism occurs in large amount in the living systems naturally, especially in
55
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
rat’s brain. The malonate ligand is a dicarboxylic acid group with single behavior
different from the other dicarboxylic ligands. It can exhibits different coordination
modes such as (i) bidentate [η5-chelation], (ii) bidentate [η5-chelation] + unidentate and
bidentate [η5-chelation] + bis(unidentate). From coordination point of views, malonic
acid have two neighboring carboxylic acid groups is very flexible to form complexes
with transition metals. This chelating ligand can act as bridging as well blocking ligand
to generate metal organic frame works of different dimensionalities may lead to
interesting architecture. Thus, combining the malonate with the other bridging or
blocking ligands are also able to prepare monomers, dimers, trimers, tetramers, infinite
chains, 2D and 3D arrays. Another feature of the malonato bridge is the magnitude of
exchange interaction which depends on the syn-syn, syn-anti, anti-anti bridging modes
also it adopts. The nature (ferro- or antiferromagnetic) of the interaction being dependent
on the nature of the magnetic orbitals of the spin carriers connected by the bridging
ligand. In addition, the carboxylate group provides an efficient pathway for coupling
magnetic centers either ferromagnetic or antiferromagnetic [6-7]. Different topologies
have been examined for the homobimetallic cobalt, nickel and manganese complexes.
Most of these complexes have been magnetically characterized and they exhibit
ferromagnetic coupling through carboxylate bridged [8-9]. Based on above fascinating
phenomenon, we have prepared diaquazinc(diaquabismalonato)zincate and structurally
characterized by single crystal XRD. Diaquazinc(diaquabismalonato)zincate (after
abbreviated as DZDBZ) is chosen as good diamagnetic host lattice and introduced
another paramagnetic ion in this lattice. Among the transition metal ions, we preferred
manganese(II) ion was preferred, because the shell contains five unpaired electron (S
=5/2) with half filled configuration and resultant angular moment is zero. The ground
state of Mn(II) is 6S5/2. EPR study of Mn(II) have been done quite expansively in the
exploration of structural and dynamic aspect of crystalline state since zero field splitting
in these ions were sensitive to even small distortions. The study were further widen to
ascertain the location of Mn(II) present in DZDBZ and find out the spin Hamiltonian
parameters, predict distortion and bonding parameters also discussed.
2. Experimental
Zinc acetate and malonic acid wee purchase and used without purification. The amount of
zinc in DBDBZ was determined by Gravimetric using 8-hydroxy quinoline as well
complexometric titration using EDTA. The CHN microanalyses were carried out on an
elemental analyzer and the content of Mn(II) were determined by atomic absorption
spectrophotometer. Optical absorption spectrum was recorded at 300K using a varian
carry 5000 UV Visible near infrared spectrophotometer in the range of 200-1000 nm.
The FT-IR spectra were recorded for doped and undoped materials on a Shimadzu FT-IR
8300/8700 spectrometer with 4 cm-1 resolution, automatic gain, and 20 scans in the
frequency range of 4000-400 cm-1. The measurements are made using almost
transparent KBr containing fine powdered sample. Powder XRD measurements were
carried out for doped and undoped materials on a PANalytical X’pert PRO diffractometer
with Cu Kα radiation of wavelength 0.15406 nm and 2θ range between 5 and 10 75º.
EPR spectra were recorded on a JEOL JES –TE100 ESR spectrometer 11 operating at the
X-band microwave frequency, equipped with 100 kHz 12 field modulation for obtaining
first derivative EPR spectrum. DPPH (2,2- diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl) with a g-value of
56
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
2.0036 is used for g-factor calculations. Angular variations are made by rotating the
crystal along the three mutually orthogonal axes a, b, c* in 10° interval. Isofrequency
plots of each plane were simulated using program EPR-NMR [15]. The EPR spectrum of
powder sample was simulated using SimFonia program developed and supported by
Brucker Biospin.
3. Crystal structure
DZDBZ [Zn(H2O)2(Zn(mal)2(H2O)2]n was belongs to monoclinic with space group P21/n

having unit cell parameters a = 0.7305 (4), b= 0.7412 (4), c = 1.1075 (7) nm: β =
95.364(5)˚ and Z = 2. The central zinc atom lies in an inversion center (Fig.1a-1b). The
oxygen atoms can be divided into four sets according to their bonding features, namely,
terminal, bi-bridging, tri-bridging and penta-bridging oxygen atoms. All Zn–O bond
distances are within the expected ranges. The dihedral angle between the rings C1-C2-
C3-O1-O2-Zn and C1d-C2d-C3d-O1d-O2d-Zn is 0.02(1)°, shows that both rings are co-
planar. The Zn1 center is octahedral, with O(1) and O(2) of two bidentate malonate
anions at basal sites (distances of 2.046(3) and 2.048(3) Å, respectively). The O(4) atom
of the malonate ligand is linked to the zinc atom Zn2 forming a network. The Zn1 and
Zn2 atoms are coordinated to two O(4) and two O(5) of different malonate anions and
two O(6) of the lattice water molecule, the average distance being 2.123 Å. Coordination
is completed via O(4) atoms at distances of 2.137(3) Å from other malonate anion. These
bridging arrangements by carboxylate groups form infinite sheets in which the closest
Zn...Zn separation is 5.20 Å. All the bond angles around Zn are close to 90°. The bond
angle and bond length of DZDBZ is given in Table (1a-1b) respectively. In all the
hydrogen bonds, the water oxygens act as donor atoms, and the carboxylate act as
acceptor atoms. The largest donor acceptor distance is 2.15(4) Å between O3 and O4. In
this structure, the malonate groups have an extended conformation. The average C-O
distances are 1.26 Å, and the average O-C-O angles are 122°. These values agree well
with that of other previously reported malonate-containing metal complexes [10]. Two
water molecules and four coordinated malonate-oxygens form a distorted octahedral
surrounding around the zinc atom. The values of the Zn–O (malonate) bond distances are
[2.137(3) and 2.147(3) Å,] this distances are somewhat similar to the values of the Zn–
O(water) ones [2.086 Å]. The best equatorial plane around the zinc atom is defined by
the O(4), O(5), O(4c), and O(5c) set of atoms, in this plane all the atoms are in planes,
there is no slight deviation from the metal atom as well as from the other atoms. Each
malonate group adopts bidentate and monodentate coordination modes towards zinc
atoms. This ligand adopts envelope conformation, with the puckering parameters q2 and
φ and the smallest displacement asymmetric parameters, Δs, as follows: q2=0.443(3) Å, φ
=359.6(5) °, Δs (C2) = 0.5(4), in which only the methylene group is significantly
displaced from the chelating six-membered chelate. The atom O3 acts as a donor to the
atom O4 of the neighbor molecule. This hydrogen bond is involved in a motif C(6)
forming an infinite chain along a axis and also the intra molecular O6-H6A…O2
hydrogen bond forms a S(6) ring motif. In addition to the vander wals interactions, the
crystal packing is stabilized by O-H…O hydrogen bonds forming a three dimensional
network.
57
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Fig. 1a The molecular structure of [[Zn(H2O)2(Zn(mal)2(H2O)2]n
Fig. 1b: The molecular packing diagram for DZDBZ along b-axis in a crystal.
1 Zn(1)-O(2) 2.047(3)
2 Zn(1)-O(1) 2.047(3)
3 Zn(1)-O(3) 2.153(3)
4 Zn(2)-O(6) 2.086(2)
5 Zn(2)-O(4) 2.138(3)
6 Zn(2)-O(5) 2.146(3)
58
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Table 1a: Bond length for DZDBZ [[Zn(H2O)2(Zn(mal)2(H2O)2]n
1 O(2)-Zn(1)-O(1) 90.03(9)
2 O(2)-Zn(1)-O(3) 92.27(12)
3 O(1)-Zn(1)-O(3) 91.84(12)
4 O(6)-Zn(2)-O(4) 94.00(11)
5 O(6)-Zn(2)-O(5) 92.92(11)
6 O(4)-Zn(2)-O(5) 92.71(9)
7 C(3)-O(2)-Zn(1) 127.6(3)
8 C(1)-O(1)-Zn(1) 127.0(2)
9 C(3)-O(4)-Zn(2) 126.2(3)
10 C(1)-O(5)-Zn(2) 126.7(3)
Table 1b: Bond angles for DZDBZ [[Zn(H2O)2(Zn(mal)2(H2O)2]n
4. Results and discussion

4a. Optical absorption studies
Optical spectrum of Mn(II)/DZDBZ, recorded at room temperature is depicted in
Fig 2. The spectrum exhibits five bands at 693, 558, 410, 342, 243nm. Fig 2 shows
characteristic features of Mn(II) in octahedral symmetry. The absorption bands at 14
430, 17 921, 24 390, 29 239, 41 152 cm-1 are in the order of d-d transition of Mn(II) ion.
From the nature and position of the band observed, these bands are attributed to Mn(II) in
distorted octahedral symmetry. The first band is CT band and remaining four bands have
been assigned to 6A1g(S)→4T1g(G), 6A1g(S)→ 4Eg(G), 6A1g(S)→ 4Eg(D), 6A1g→ 4A1g(G)
transitions respectively, with the help of Tanabe Sugano diagram. The energy matrices
for the d5 configuration inclusive of Trees correction were given by mehra [11]. In the
analysis of optical absorption spectrum, trees correction parameter has been included in
addition to the crystal field parameter Dq and racah interaction parameters B and C. The
values which give best fit with observed data are Dq = 800, B = 837 and C = 2905 cm -1.
The band data are well matched with reported in literature. The value of the
interelectronic repulsion parameter B (837 cm-1) obtained in the present work, when
compared with the free ion value (960cm-1), is decreased by an amount of 13%. This
decreasing is caused by influence of bond covalency.
59
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Fig. 2: Powder optical absorption spectrum of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ at room

temperature.
4b. FT-IR and powder XRD
The FT-IR spectrum of DZDBZ and Mn(II) doped DZDBZ are recorded at room
temperature and illustrated in Fig. 3. The FT-IR spectrum of DZDBZ shows
characteristic bands for -OH, OH2, COO-, -CH2- and Zn-O [12]. FT-IR spectrum of
Mn(II) doped DZDBZ also shows comparable characteristic bands with DZDBZ and
slight wave number shift observed due to low concentration of Mn(II) impurity. The
observed FT-IR bands and their tentative assignments for DZDBZ and Mn doped
DZDBZ are depicted in Table 2a. The powder XRD pattern of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ is
recorded at room temperature and depict in Fig. 4. Lattice parameter also calculated
along with single crystal data of DZDBZ are listed in Table. 2b. According to the powder
XRD measurements, the Mn(II)/DZDBZ has the identical lattice parameters as the pure
DZDBZ, this clearly says that paramagnetic impurity does not rework the structure of
DZDBZ due to low concentration of Mn(II) impurity.
60
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
100
80
% Transmittance
60
40
20
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500

Wave number (cm-1)
Fig. 3: FT-IR spectra of pure (top) and Mn(II) doped DZDBZ (bottom) at room
61
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Fig. 4: Powder XRD pattern of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ.
Assignments DZDBZ (cm-1) Mn(II) /DZDBZ (cm-1)
Zn-O 722, 572 719, 563

Zn – O + O – C– O 793 791
(C = O) + (C – H) 1588 1591
OH2 3246, 3105 3838, 3118
-CH2 1184, 2851 1192, 2859
-OH 3471, 3874 3469, 3661
Table 2a: Observed FT-IR bands and their tentative assignments for DZDBZ
and Mn(II) doped DZDBZ.
62
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Lattice parameter (nm) of DBDBZ Lattice parameters (nm) calculated from

from single crystal XRD powder XRD
DZDBZ DZDBZ Mn(II) doped DZDBZ
a = 0.7305 a = 0.7406 a = 0.7423
b = 0.7412 b = 0.7458 b = 0.7494
c = 1.1075 c = 1.0856 c = 1.0782
Table 2b: The calculated lattice parameters of DZDBZ and Mn(II)-doped DZDBZ from
powder XRD, along with single crystal XRD of DZDBZ.
4c. EPR studies
Manganese ion having 3d5 electronic configuration with 6S5/2 ground state (based on
Hund’s rule). In crystalline field low symmetry, the ground state splits into three
Kramers doublet specifically ±1/2, ±3/2 and ±5/2. In the applied magnetic field, the
degeneracy completely eliminated and it gives five fine structure transitions. Fig. 5
illustrates the schematic energy level diagram for Mn(II) ion showing electronic levels in
zero and strong magnetic fields together with splitting due to nuclear spin. Each line will
be further split into six hyperfine lines then totally it gives 30 lines [13-15]. A good
shape with appropriate size Mn(II) doped DZDBZ single crystal is selected and fixed to
EPR cavity. The EPR spectra are recorded by rotating the crystal in the magnetic field
about three mutually perpendicular axes namely a, b, c* axes for every 10° interval. Here
a and b is crystallographic axes a and b, c* is perpendicular to axis b and a. Single
crystal EPR spectrum of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ at room temperature shows five set of six
lines each. Due to interaction of electron spin (S = 5/2) and nuclear spin 55Mn (I = 5/2)
resulting 30-line pattern. When the crystal Mn(II) doped DZDBZ c* axis parallel to
applied magnetic field (B), the observed EPR spectrum is shown in Fig. 6a. Two more
spectra are resulted when the crystal is rotated in planes bc* and ab are shown in Fig. 6b
and Fig. 6c. The widespread high spin Mn+2 have S = 5/2 and I = 5/2, in the absence of
applied magnetic field the ground state 6S5/2 splits into three Kramers doublet levels
63
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
resultant to │±1/2>, │±3/2>, │±5/2>, with spacing 2D and 4D respectively, where D is

zero field splitting parameter. When an external magnetic field is applied, these doublets
split and transition between them, i.e., │-5/2>→│-3/2>, │-3/2>→│-1/2>, /-
1/2>→│+1/2, │+1/2>→│+3/2> and │+3/2>→ │+5/2> give rise to five fine structure
lines resulting in 30-lines pattern. In some of orientations more than 30 lines are noticed
indicating the presence of more than one site. However, the second site could not be
followed due to its weaker intensity and overlying with first site during crystal rotations.
It is almost impossible to follow during all the rotations. A plots of angular variation
EPR spectrum of Mn+2 doped DZDBZ single crystal in the ac* and ab planes are shown
in Fig. 6a and 6b. In those figures, the solid line represents theoretical and solid point
represents experimental values. A systematic study of angular variation plots of EPR
spectra will give information regarding the principal axes of the complex that Mn(II) in
the form in the crystal. Fig. 6a clearly elucidates that low field and high field transition
are completely resolved in ac* plane. The isofrequency plot of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ in
ab plane shows (Fig 7a-7c) the fine structure lines do not cross because Dxx and Dyy have
same sign. The angular variation of fine structure and hyperfine lines in the two
orthogonal planes are fitted with the help of program EPR-NMR to the spin Hamiltonian
[15] (including second order effects).
H= β(gxBxSx + gyBySy + gzBzSz) + (AxSxIx + AySyIy + AzSzIz ) +D [Sz2-1/3S(S+1)]+E [Sx2-
Sy2 ]
Here first term represent the Zeeman energy, and the second term is due to hyperfine
interaction. The axial and rhombic components of the zero field splitting are represented
by the third and fouth terms. Sx, Sy, Sz are the spin operators with respect to the cubic
field axes. The parameters D and E are zero field splitting due to rhombic and axial
crystalline field matrix and E represents the deviation from the axial symmetry. Using
the above equation to calculate spin Hamiltonian parameters are shown in Table 4 along
with respective direction of cosines. From Table 4 clearly says that g/A/D is nearly
coincident, and additional geometry of Mn(II)/DZDBZ is distorted octahedral symmetry.
64
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
The value of D is relatively huge than found for normal Mn(II) complexes. In order to
classify the position of the Mn in DZDBZ, the direction cosines of various Zn-O bonds
have been calculated from X-ray data (assuming similar structure for DZDBZ) and given
in Table 4 it shows the direction cosines of g/A values is matches with direction cosines
Zn-O(2) was obtained from crystallographic data, it indicates that the paramagnetic
transition metal ion namely Mn(II) ion present in the lattice substitutionally in place of
zinc. The road maps simulated for two planes and agree well with the experimental one.
The spin Hamiltonian parameters observed from single crystal analysis are further
confirmed by taking polycrystalline EPR spectrum. The powder EPR spectrum of
Mn(II)/DZDZB is shown in Fig. 8. The calculated spin Hamiltonian parameters are: g =
2.0078, A = 9.6 and D = 52.24 mT. These values are almost close to those parameters
acquired from single crystal analysis. The powder EPR spectrum is simulated using these
values which confirm the accuracy of the evaluated spin Hamiltonian parameters is
shown in Fig. 8. The spin Hamiltonian parameters obtained for Mn(II) doped DZDZB
are summarized in Table. 4. These values are good agreement with literature values [16-
19]
65
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Fig 5: The schematic energy level diagram for Mn(II) ion showing electronic
levels in zero and strong magnetic fields together with splitting due to nuclear spin. In the
present work, the hyperfine structure (hfs) observed at g = 2.0 at room temperature.
66
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Fig. 6a: Single crystal EPR spectrum of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ, when B is parallel to
axis c*. Frequency = 9.05508 GHz.
Fig. 6b: Single crystal EPR spectrum of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ, when B is parallel to
axis b. Frequency = 9.05859 GHz.
67
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Fig. 6c: Single crystal EPR spectrum of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ, when the applied
magnetic field (B) is parallel to axis a. Frequency = 9.05911 GHz.
Fig. 7a: Angular variation plot of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ in the ac* plane.
Frequency = 9.05869 GHz. Here and Fig.4b, solid circles represents to experimental
points, whereas solid lines are theoretically calculated. Here ±5/2> ↔ ±3/2> transition
only shown because ±3/2> ↔ ±1/2> and +1/2> ↔ -1/2> transitions were difficult to
follow due to overlap of the intermediate transitions with the transitions of other site.
68
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Fig. 7b: Angular variation plot of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ in the ab plane.
Frequency = 9.05911 GHz.
Fig. 8: EPR spectrum of powder sample of Mn(II) doped DZDBZ at room temperature
(top) whereas the bottom one corresponds to simulated spectrum using SimFonia
program. Frequency = 9.06871 GHz.
69
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Principle values Direction cosines

g matrix a b c*
2.028 0.001 0.020 1.997 -0.7082 0.2216 0.6808
1.992 0.001 2.004 -0.5816 0.7012 0.4126
2.012 2.008 -0.3596 0.6795 0.6471
A matrix (mT)
8.35 -0.10 0.14 8.32 -0.7192 0.2336 0.6542
8.67 -0.38 8.54 0.5948 0.6936 0.4062
9.55 9.74 0.3588 0.6813 -0.6379
D matrix (mT)
23.1 7.3 -19.5 35.4 0.8192 0.2488 0.5184
10.1 -16.3 7.46 -0.4590 0.8516 0.2529
-33.2 -42.85 -0.3724 0.0306 0.9344
Table.3: The spin Hamiltonian parameters obtained from the single crystal rotation for
the Mn(II) doped DZDBZ using program EPR-NMR [15]
M-L bond Direction cosines

A B c
Zn(1)-O(1) -0.3139 0.6504 0.6919
Zn(1)-O(1)w 0.4338 0.0289 -0.9014
Zn(2)-O(2) 0.8301 0.1035 0.5493
Zn(2)-O(2)w 0.3482 0.0078 -0.9350
Table 4: The direction cosines of Zn -O obtained from the crystallographic data.
4d. Position of the Mn(II) ion in DZDBZ

The crystal structure of Diaquazinc(diaquabismalonato)zincate (DZDBZ) is
belongs to monoclinic with space group C2/m and containing two atoms per unit cell (see
Fig.1a). In this structure, both the zinc atoms are six coordination with slightly distorted
octahedral geometry. Coordinated water molecule in the apical position and four oxygen
atom from two [at Zn(1)] and four [at (Zn(2)] malonato ligand in the equatorial plane,
they have familiar occurrence for syn-anti geometry. The 3d5 ion with s = 5/2 and I = 5/2
exhibits thirty hyperfine lines from a single crystal. Mn+2 may be entered into the lattice
70
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
by substitutionally or interstitially. The direction cosines of the Zn-Ow and Zn-Om (w-
water, m-malonato) bonds obtained from single crystal XRD are tabulated in Table 4.
The direction cosines of principle g and A values are almost matches with the direction
cosines of Zn(1)-Ow(1) bond of DZDBZ. The deviation between the directions was
around 5. This reveals that the impurity has entered the lattice in substitutional position.
The ionic radii of Zn (0.074 nm) is being smaller as compared to Mn (0.089 nm),
therefore the manganese ion fits to enter the lattice substitutionaly.
4e. Covalency of metal ligand bonds

The covalency of the bond between manganese and oxygen’s ligand can be
calculated using matumura’s plot. The covalency of a bond between manganese and its
ligands depends on the magnitude of the isotropic hyperfine coupling constant ” A” .An
approximate relationship for the covalency of a bond between the atom p and q and their
electro negativities χp and χq is given.
C = [1 - 0.16(χp-χq)-0.035(χp-χq)2]/n
Here, n is the number of neighboring atoms surrounding the Mn(II) ion. Using
the values χMn = 1.55 and χO = 3.44, (Pauling’s scale) and the percentage of covalency
obtained for our case using the above equation is 8.5%, indicating that compound was
almost ionic nature. Also, the covalency of the bond between manganese and its ligands
will influence the magnitude of the isotropic hyperfine coupling constant. The hyperfine
coupling constant A obtained from Matamoras’s plot matched well with the calculated
value.
5. Conclusion
Homobimetallic zinc malonato complex have been synthesized. The structure of
the complex have been confirms by single crystal XRD and FT-IR. Homobimetallic zinc
malonate complexes have selected as good diamagnetic host lattice to incorporate Mn(II)
has dopant. Single crystal rotations have been performing three orthogonal planes carried
out room temperature. EPR spectra of Mn(II) doped DBDBZ have been studied at
laboratory temperature. The EPR magnetic tensor parameter g, A, D, E have been
71
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
obtained from single crystal rotation in three orthogonal planes. The location of the
Mn(II) present in the host lattice substitutionally in place of zinc(II) ion. The magnitude
of the hyperfine splitting constant A indicates that the bonding between paramagnetic ion
and the ligands are ionic nature. The large D and E values reveals that distortion present
in the crystal lattice due to steric effect of the crystal packing caused by dicarboxylic acid
ligand. The optical spectrum have helped to calculate crystal field splitting parameter Dq
and Racah interelectronic repulsion parameters B and C also have been evaluated. FT-IR
and powder XRD are assisting to reconfirm the molecular structure of DBDBZ.
Acknowledgements
The authors thanks to University Grand Commission [33-316/2007(2007)] for
financial assistance.
References:
[1] Parthipan. K, Ramachitra. S, Rao. P.S, (2014), “Structural evaluation and position
of the VO2+ in diaaquacadmium(diaaquabismalonato)cadmate: spectroscopic
studies”, Monatsh Chem. 2014; 145: 585-592.
[2] Parthipan. K, Rao. P.S, (2010), “Molecular structural identification and position of
Cu(II) ion Diaqua(2,2’-bipyridinemalonatozinc(II): spectroscopic studies:
spectroscopic studies”, J..Mol.Struct.2010; 977: 130-136.
[3] Ruiz-Perez. C, Sanchiz. J , Molina.M. H, Lloret. F, Julve.M, (2000), ” Syntheis,
crystal structure and magnetic properties o the malonate bridged bimetallic
chain[Mn(II)Cu(II)(mal)2(H2O)4].2H2O” Inorg. Chim. Acta. 2000; 298: 202-208.
[4] Sain. S, Maji. K. T, Mostafa. G , Lu. T. H, Chaudhuri N. R , (2003), “Two new
supramolecular malonato complexes of manganese (II) ; Synthesis, crystal structure
and magnetic property” Inorg. Chim. Acta. 2003; 351: 12-20.
[5] Sapina.F, Escriva.E, Folgado.J.V, A. Beltran, Fuertes.A, Drillon. M , (1992), “ A
new magnetic lattice in the cdta family structure and magnetic properties of the
novel homo and heterometallic chain Cu[M(cdta)]2(NO3)2.cntdot.15H2O” Inorg.
Chem. 1992; 31: 3851-3858.
72
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
[6] Brandstetter. H., Engh. R. A, Roedern. E. G. V, Moroder. L, Huber. R, Bore.W,

Grams.F , (1998) Structure of malonic acid based inhibitors bound to human
neutrophil collagenase. A new binding model explains apparently anomalous data”,
Protein Science. 1998; 7: 1303-1309.
[7] Gelasco. A, Baldwin. M, Pecoraro, Thorp. V. L(Eds) (1995) “ A modeling
Approach for understanding the Mechanism of Manganese Enzyme in Mechanistic
Bioinorganic Chemistry” , Adv. Chem Series , ACS books, Washington.
[8] Delgado. F.S, Molina. M. H, Sanchiz. J, Preez. C. R, Martin.Y.R, Lopez.T, Lloret.
F and M. Julve, (2004), “ Synthesis, crystal structure and magnetic property of two
dimensional malonato bridged cobalt(II) and nickel(II) compound”,
CrystEngComm. 2004; 6: 106-111
[9] F. S. Delgado, F. Lohas, F. Lloret M. Julve, C.R. Preez, (2008), Supramolecular
networks in copper(II) malonate complexes, Crystal Growth Design. 2008; 8:
3219-3232.
[10] Parthipan. K, Ramachitra. S, Rao. P.S, (2013), “Synthesis and characterzation of
Bimetallic malonatozinc (II) and copper doped complex ”, J. Applicable. Chem.
2013; 2: 680-690.
[11] Lever. A.B. P, (1986), ‘‘ Inorganic Electronic Spectroscopy ’’ 2nd ed., Elesvier,
New York.
[12] Nakamoto.K, (1986), ‘Infrared and Raman Spectra of Inorganic and coordination
compounds’’1986 ; 4th edition, Wiley Interscience, Newyork.
[13] Abragam. A, Bleaney. B, (1970), “Electron Paramagnet Resonance of Transition
metal Ions”, Clarendon Press, Oxford.
[14] Pilbrow. J.R , (1990) “Transition ion Electron Paramagnetic Resonance”,1990;
Clarendon Press, Oxford.
[15] Clark.F, Dickson. R.S, Fulton. D. B, Isoya. J, Lent.A, McGavin. D. G,
Mombourquette. M. J , Nuttall. R. H. D, Rao. P. S, Rinnerberg. H, Tennant. W.C,
Weil. J. A, (1996), EPR –NMR program, 1996 ; University of Saskatchewan,
Saskatoon, Canada
73
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
[16] Sangita. P, Kripal. R, (2012), “ Zero field splitting parameters of Mn²⁺ in Bis (L-
asparaginato) Zn (II) at interstitial orthorhombic symmetry site”, Spectrochim
Acta. 2012; 91(A49): 290-294.
[17] Ramachitra. S, Ramesh.H, Muthuausteria. P, Parthipan. K, (2014), “Structural
elucidation and location of Mn(II)ion in Tetraaquabis(hydrogen
maleato)cadmium(II): single crystal EPR studies ”, J..Mol.Struct. 2014; 1058: 173-
180.
[18] Boobalan. S , Rao. P.S , (2010), Structural Elucidation of Transition metal
complexes by single crystal EPR study J. Organo. Chem. 2010; 695 963-969.
[19] Natarajan.B, Mithira. S, Rao. P. S, (2008), “Identification of symmetry, sstructure
and defects of dopant Mn(II) ions in Zn(C3H3O4)2(H2O)2 by Single crystal EPR
technique”, Solid State Science. 2008; 10 1916-1923.
74
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
DIFFERENTIAL CROSS SECTION CALCULATIONS AT (N)NLO ACCURACY FOR

THE W BOSON PLUS JET PRODUCTION IN PROTON-PROTON COLLISIONS AT 13
TEV
Assist. Prof. Dr. Kadir Öcalan1*

1Necmettin Erbakan University, Faculty of Aviation and Space Sciences, Department of Aviation
Management, Konya, Turkey
ORCID ID: http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8419-1400
Abstract
We present a phenomenological study of the higher-order differential cross section calculations for the W
boson production in association with a jet in proton-proton collisions at a center-of-mass energy of 13 TeV.
The differential cross sections are calculated in the fiducial phase space at next-to-leading order (NLO) and
next-to-NLO (NNLO) accuracies in perturbative quantum chromodynamics (QCD) for the electron decay
channel of the W boson. The (N)NLO calculations are performed by using the q T-subtraction method to
regularize the infrared divergences that arise at the intermediate stages of the cross section calculations. The
cross sections are predicted differentially as functions of several important observables that are potentially
sensitive to the inclusion of the higher-order correction terms in the perturbative expansion. The differential
cross sections are presented as functions of the W boson transverse mass, transverse momentum of the first
leading jet, the rapidity of the first leading jet, the transverse momentum of the (anti)electron, and the
pseudorapidity of the (anti)electron at both NLO and NNLO accuracies. The NNLO-to-NLO ratios of the
predictions are also provided to assess the impact of the inclusion of the higher-order corrections in QCD.
The theoretical scale uncertainties are also estimated to account for the missing higher-order corrections in
the calculations. The differential distributions are reported along with the corresponding scale uncertainties.
The predicted differential cross sections are generally improved in precision in the NNLO calculations. The
results suggest that the differential cross sections for the W boson plus jet process can be predicted with less
than a few percent theoretical scale uncertainties.
Key words: High Energy Physics, perturbative QCD calculations, W bosons, higher-order differential cross
sections, (N)NLO fixed-order calculations
Presented at: 2nd International Conference on Innovative Studies of Contemporary Sciences August 17-19,
2020, Tokyo, Japan, https://www.tokyosummit.org/
75
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
INTRODUCTION
Electroweak vector boson (W or Z boson) production in association with hadronic jets plays an important
role at hadron colliders such as at the CERN Large Hadron Collider (LHC). W boson production in
association with jets (W+jets) in leptonic decay channels has large production rates and offers clean
experimental signatures in proton-proton (pp) collisions at the LHC. W+jets production enables precision
tests of the Standard Model (SM) physics and provides substantial inputs for constraining parton distribution
functions (PDFs) in the proton. W+jets process constitutes a major background for Higgs boson production
and rarer SM processes such as single top quark and top quark pair productions. W+jets process is also a
major background for the searches beyond the SM such as dark matter and supersymmetry. Precise
understanding of this process results in an improvement of background modeling for rarer SM and beyond
the SM processes. Moreover, this process can be used to test predictions from Monte Carlo based event
generators and fixed-order perturbative quantum chromodynamics (QCD) calculations. This process has
been also used for detector calibration in terms of improving missing transverse energy, jet, and lepton
performances from an experimental point of view. In the LHC experiments, the W boson is reconstructed
experimentally by using its leptonic final states as W→ ℓν, where ℓ refers to lepton (electron and muon) and
ν refers to neutrino escaping from the detector in the form of missing energy signature.
W+jets process has been characterized by means of measurements of differential production cross sections in
pp collisions at the LHC as functions of various kinematical and geometrical observables. The differential
cross sections have been measured at different center-of-mass energies by using important observables of the
decay products of the W boson and the associated jets. The differential measurements have been performed
more recently at 8 TeV (Khachatryan et al., 2017, Aaboud et al., 2018, Aaboud et al., 2017, Aaij et al.,
2016), and 13 TeV (Sirunyan et. al., 2017) by the ATLAS, CMS, and LHCb Collaborations at the LHC. In
all these complementary measurements, measured W+jets data based on different integrated luminosities are
compared with various predictions from Monte Carlo simulations and fixed-order perturbative QCD
calculations consisting of next-to-leading order (NLO) and next-to-NLO (NNLO) corrections beyond the
leading order (LO). The experimental precision has been improved remarkably with the analysis of larger pp
collision data sets and by using new analysis methods in these measurements.
W+jets differential cross sections need to be predicted by the higher-order theoretical calculations at NLO
and NNLO accuracies in perturbative QCD to be able to describe the precise experimental measurements.
The higher-order theoretical calculations require inclusion of QCD radiative correction terms in the
perturbation theory. In this report, NLO and NNLO calculations for the W boson production in association
with a jet (W+jet) process are computed by using the MATRIX framework (Grazzini, Kallweit and
Wiesemann, 2018, Catani et al., 2009). The MATRIX framework allows computations of cross sections in a
realistic fiducial phase space differentially in some important observables. In the cross section computations,
a novel approach transverse momentum qT-subtraction method (Catani and Grazzini, 2007, Catani et al.,
2012) is used to cancel infrared divergences that arise in the intermediate stages of the calculations. The qT-
subtraction method is based on the qT-resummation calculations which are available in the related literature.
In this report, a summary of the phenomenological results of the recent paper (Ocalan, 2019) performed for
the W+jet process in its electron decay channel at 13 TeV pp collisions, are presented. The W+jet differential
76
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
cross sections are calculated at NLO and NNLO accuracies in perturbative QCD as functions of the W boson
transverse mass mT, transverse momentum of the first leading jet pT(j1), the absolute rapidity of the first
leading jet |y(j1)|, the transverse momentum of the (anti)electron pT(e), and the absolute pseudorapidity of the
(anti)electron |η(e)|. The theoretical uncertainties due to missing higher-order corrections in the calculations
are also estimated and reported along with the central differential results.
PROCESS SETTINGS AND FIDUCIAL SELECTIONS
The (N)NLO computations are performed with the MATRIX framework by using the qT-subtraction method.
In the qT-subtraction method, a residual dependence parameter rcut is used to regularize the infrared
divergences in the perturbative expansion. The choices of rcut = 0.15% and the extrapolation limit rcut → 0 are
employed in the computations. Furthermore, central scales for the renormalization and factorization scales
are chosen to be the physical mass of the W boson as μR=μF=m(W)= 80.38 GeV. The theoretical
uncertainties are estimated by varying the scales μR and μF by a factor of 0.5 and 2.0 while imposing the
constraint as 0.5≤μR/μF≤2.0. The numerical uncertainties are treated negligible in this work as they make up
less than 1% of the estimated scale uncertainties. The PDF sets NNPDF30_lo_as_0118,
NNPDF30_nlo_as_0118, and NNPDF30_nnlo_as_0118 are used from the NNPDF Collaboration at
appropriate perturbative order. The PDF sets are all based on a constant strong coupling α s(mZ) = 0.118
assuming an electroweak scale specified by the physical Z boson mass.
The fiducial phase space requirements are employed in the computational setup to be in line with the real
selection cuts that have been used at the LHC experiments for the W+jet differential cross section
measurements. The fiducial phase space selection includes geometrical and kinematical acceptance
requirements on the final state decay products of the W boson and the associated hadronic jet. The fiducial
selection cuts that are imposed for the differential and fiducial cross section calculations of the pp → W →
ev + X process at 13 TeV requires isolated electrons with transverse momentum pT(e)>25 GeV and absolute
pseudorapidity |η(e)|<2.4 as well as the W boson transverse mass as m T(W)>50 GeV. The W boson
transverse mass selection is needed on the experimental side to suppress QCD multijet background events to
W+jets signal production. In addition, the jets are required to have pT(j)>30 GeV within the absolute rapidity
|y(j)|<2.4. The jets are defined by means of the anti-kT clustering algorithm with a cone sine of ΔR=0.4. A
more detailed discussion on the computational setup and fiducial acceptance cut requirements are given in
Ref. (Ocalan, 2019).
PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESULTS
The 13 TeV differential cross sections as a function of the m T variable for the W+jet process are calculated at
(N)NLO in the fiducial phase space. The differential cross sections are predicted for the W+ and W-
processes separately in the mT range of 0-1000 GeV and are given in Table 1. The cross sections are
predicted more precisely for the signal region of mT>50 GeV in the NNLO calculations than the NLO
calculations. The scale uncertainties for this mT>50 GeV region are reduced to a few percent or less in the
NNLO calculations. The differential cross sections are also predicted at NLO and NNLO for the p T(j1) and
|y(j1)| variables of the leading jet and compared among these accuracies. In these differential distributions,
NNLO predicts noticeably higher cross sections over the entire kinematic regions of the jet variables.
Differential distribution shapes are quite consistent between NLO and NNLO, except for higher ranges of
pT(j1) variable, where higher tails for the pT(j1) variable are predicted by the NNLO calculations. Precision is
77
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
improved in going from NLO to NNLO calculations. The details of the discussion on the differential
distributions for the jet observables are given in Ref. (Ocalan, 2019).
Table 1. The 13 TeV differential cross sections predicted at (N)NLO as a function of the W boson
transverse mass mT in the range 0-100 GeV. The up and down scale uncertainties are included in percent
to the central results obtained.
The differential distributions are also predicted for the (anti)electron pT(e) and |η(e)| variables to assess the
sensitivity of inclusion of higher-order corrections in the perturbative QCD. The pT(e) and |η(e)| differential
distributions are compared between NLO and NNLO as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2. The higher ranges
of the pT(e) distributions turn out to be more sensitive to the inclusion of NNLO correction as the NNLO
calculations predict higher tails in these distributions. The precision achieved in the NNLO calculations is
higher for this variable as anticipated. The NNLO-to-NLO ratios are around ~1.5 for the intermediate ranges
and rises up towards higher ranges. On the other hand, the sensitivity of the higher-order corrections for the
|η(e)| variable is not high in comparison to the pT(e) variable. The |η(e)| distributions turn out to exhibit slight
dependence on the higher-order QCD corrections. The intermediate region of this variable still discriminates
between NLO and NNLO predictions. The NNLO-to-NLO ratios increase in the intermediate region up to
~1.15. In all these differential distributions, the scale uncertainties are generally reduced by going from NLO
to NLO. In some regions of these variables the theoretical scale uncertainties are comparable between NLO
and NNLO calculations.
78
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
Figure 1. The predicted differential distributions for the pT(e+) (left) and pT(e-) (right) compared
between NLO and NNLO predictions at 13 TeV. The scale uncertainties are shown as vertical
error bars around central numbers.
Figure 2. The predicted differential distributions for the |η(e+)| (left) and |η(e-)| (right) compared
between NLO and NNLO predictions at 13 TeV. The scale uncertainties are shown as vertical
error bars around central numbers.
SUMMARY
In this report, differential cross section predictions from NLO and NNLO calculations for the W+jet process
are briefly overviewed based on the paper in Ref. (Ocalan, 2019). The differential predictions are presented
for the W+ and W- bosons separately to assess the sensitivity of the included QCD corrections. The results
are given in the fiducial phase space for the W+ and W- boson production in electron decal channel for 13
79
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
TeV LHC Pp collisions. The differential cross sections are predicted with improved precision for the W
boson transverse mass region mT>50 GeV in the NNLO calculations. The differential predictions for the
leading jet observables pT(j1) and |y(j1)| are also overviewed as improving in precision in the NNLO
calculations. In these differential distributions, the shapes of the jet variables are preserved between NLO
and NNLO accuracies, whereas higher tails are predicted by the NNLO calculation in these distributions.
Moreover, the differential cross section distributions are predicted for the (anti)electron variables pT(e) and
|η(e)| and compared between NLO and NNLO accuracies. The pT(e) distribution shapes are predicted higher
in the NNLO calculations in comparison to NLO comparisons towards higher ranges. The pT(e) distributions
are observed to exhibit sensitivity to inclusion of higher-order perturbative QCD corrections. The |η(e)|
distributions show slight dependence on the order of the calculations. The intermediate region of this
variable still can be used to assess the level of the QCD correction included in the calculations. In all these
differential cross section distributions, the NNLO calculations provided more accurate predictions for the
variables for the bulk of the ranges. The results revisited in this report suggest that the higher-order cross
section distributions predicted by relying on the qT-subtraction method can be used in near future
experimental studies of data-to-theory comparisons.
REFERENCES
[1] Aaboud M et al. 2017, Measurement of W boson angular distributions in events with high transverse
momentum jets at using the ATLAS detector, Phys. Lett. B, 765, 132-153.
[2] Aaboud M et al. 2018, Measurement of differential cross sections and W+/W− cross-section ratios for W
boson production in association with jets at 8TeV with the ATLAS detector, J. High Energy Phys., 05, 077.
[3] Aaij R et al. 2016, Measurement of forward W and Z boson production in association with jets in proton-
proton collisions at 8 TeV, J. High Energy Phys., 05, 131.
[4] Catani S and Grazzini M 2007, Next-to-Next-to-Leading-Order Subtraction Formalism in Hadron

Collisions and its Application to Higgs-Boson Production at the Large Hadron Collider, Phys. Rev. Lett., 98,
222002.
[5] Catani S et al. 2009, Vector Boson Production at Hadron Colliders: A Fully Exclusive QCD Calculation
at Next-to-Next-to-Leading Order, Phys. Rev. Lett., 103, 082001.
[6] Catani S et al. 2012, Vector-boson production at hadron colliders: hard-collinear coefficients at the
NNLO, Eur. Phys. J. C, 72, 2195
[7] Grazzini M, Kallweit S and Wiesemann M 2018, Fully differential NNLO computations with MATRIX,
Eur. Phys. J. C, 78, 537.
[8] Khachatryan V et al. 2017, Measurements of differential cross sections for associated production of a W
boson and jets in proton-proton collisions at √s=8 TeV, Phys. Rev. D, 95, 052002.
80
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
[9] Ocalan K 2019, Higher-order differential cross section calculation for the associated production of a W
boson and jets in the electron decay channel at a center-of-mass energy of 13 TeV in proton-proton
collisions, Turk. J. Phys., 43, 2, 156-166
[10] Sirunyan AM et. al. 2017, Measurement of the differential cross sections for the associated production
of a W boson and jets in proton-proton collisions at √s=13 TeV, Phys. Rev. D, 96, 072005.
81
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
AN ANALYTICAL STUDY OVER BANGLADESHI LEARNERS’ ATTITUDE TOWARD KOREAN

LANGUAGE AS K-FAN IN 2020
Nazma Akter
th
4 year at Department of Mathematics, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh.
Diploma Certificate Course (2019-2020) at Department of Korean Language, Institute of Modern
Languages, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh.
Abstract
The popularity of Korean language results from ‘Hallyu’ or ‘Korean Wave,’ the coinage for Korean
entertainment culture. It came in the late 1990s as the wave first hit in China and Japan used the term first.
The impact of glocalization of Hallyu is increasing day by day upon many aspects of life among young
generation. K-ubiquity creates an overflowing popularity all over the world, regarding which a lot of studies
have already been done. Bangladesh is also under the influence of Korean entertainment industry since 2009
or around. Youth of Bangladesh are fans of Korean pop culture as well as dramas as a result of cultural
hybridization. Notably the highly passionate Korean language learners are involved in versatile economic
sectors related to Korea. A number of K-pop cultural programs has been arranged by K-fans in Bangladesh.
Therefore, I conduct the study particularly over Bangladesh as a need of 2020 to get an ultimate picture of
K-fans attitude towards Korean language. A survey of more than 100 participants results an analytical
comparison over Bangladeshi K-fans’ attitude that aims for a further innovative curriculum of Korean
language based on peoples’ interests. Keenly observed facts in this survey are fields of interests behind
learning Korean language. These facts reflect their inner views about Korean as a foreign language through
various learning experiences. According to the survey results, the 66% youngsters of Bangladesh are
interested to learn Korean language passionately by focusing on their individual motto of learning Korean.
Therefore, through this work an average change in learning choice of Bangladeshi youth is obtained as an
overview of 2020.
Keywords: attitude, Korean language, Bangladeshi, analysis, innovative curriculum idea
INTRODUCTION
Hallyu vibe generates vital changes in young peoples’ interests impacting the social, personal as well as
educational life. It has remarkable success of the historical drama ‘Dae Jang Geum’ (‘Jewel in the palace’),
‘Winter Sonata’ and the pop song ‘Gangnam Style’ around the world as well as Bangladesh. According to
the world’s most influential music media brand Billboard (2017), Seo Taiji (Jung Hyun Chul) is known as
the “President of Culture” in South Korea for his legendary ‘Nan Arayo’ (‘I know’) hip-hop performance
in 1992 as the pioneer of today’s K-pop culture. This vibe’s acceleration is defined by Hallyu 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
and 4.0 eras (Kim, 2015). As fans become influenced by K-ubiquity through all the era of Hallyu, to term
them as K-fan is obvious, rather than K-pop fan, K-drama fan or else. At this point, the popularity of Korean
language become an issue of research, where its historical significance plays the most important role.
BACKGROUND
Hangeul or Hangul is the alphabet of Korean language, having 24 basic letters with 14 consonants and 10
vowels, which inherits traditional and historical importance. Since Sejong, the fourth king of Choson (Yi)
dynasty, developed this official writing system in 1446 solving the communication problem of illiterate
people. Korean language history describe the contemporary Korean period in the late nineteenth century
(Lee and Ramsey, 2011, pp. 287-305). Singaporean learners are strongly motivated by Hallyu in learning
Hangul as the largest of 15% of the total variance (Chan and Chi, 2010). In the United States, 42% find high
82
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
motivation and 40% find low motivation from K-pop among 129 learners desiring proficiency that 9.38%
as native, 21.88% as fluent, 26.56% as conversational and 39.06% as basic (Damron and Forsyth, 2012).
An Algerian study shows the 98.5% of 139 participants are attracted by Hallyu, where 99.3% of participants
are influenced to use Hallyu products rather than Algerian ones. The language and behavior are two main
influences, among the majority of them which encourage learning, as Korean is easy and rich with an
expressive lexis (Touhami and Al-Abed Al-Haq, 2017). Korean language training institute in Wuhan has
learners mostly influenced by Hallyu (Feng and Zhao, 2018). There are K-fans of 70.59 million from Asia
and Oceania, 11.8 million from the Americas, 6.57 million from Europe, 230,000 from Africa and the
Middle East. A total of 89.19 million of K-fans, having 1,843 communities outside of Korea, are from 113
countries around the world, according to 2018 data which is 22% more than 2017 data by Korea Foundation
report (The Korea Times, 2019). According to Korea Economic Institute of America, 34.3% of students
take language classes because of their interest on Korean pop culture at the King Sejong Institutes run by
Korean government around the world (Gibson, 2020). K-fans of 70% are interested in Hangul among 117
respondents from 54 nationalities around the world (Akter, 2020). India has included Korean as a foreign
language at the secondary level in country’s new education policy of 2020 (Education Times, 2020).
According to Embassy of the Republic of Korea in People’s Republic of Bangladesh (2016), Bangladesh
participates in the annual “K-pop World Music Festival” since 2015. This festival, organized by the Ministry
of Foreign Affairs of Korea in cooperation with the Korean Broadcasting System (KBS), creates the K-fan
gathering platform from different countries since 2011. Bangladesh had 30 teams among 13,000 participants
from around 70 different countries in “2016 K-pop World Festival Dhaka: ‘Hallyu’ breaks the ice to make
its way to Bangladesh” at Bangladesh Shilpakala Academy organized by the Embassy along with RTV and
the first Bangladeshi K-pop and Korean Culture Community created in 2010, the BD K-Family. One of the
popular Bangladeshi English Daily, Dhaka Tribune (2017), featured on a popular store named ‘Beauty Box
from Korea’ by Bangladeshi starter describing various Korean beauty products that refers the impact of
Hallyu in Dhaka. The Daily Star (2015), one of the most impactful English newspapers of Bangladesh,
marked the increasing popularity of K-drama in Bangladesh. Later, it (2018) describes the fandom started
with K-music and gradually leading to K-drama, K-skincare and K-fashion that K-food culture, K-idols
beauty culture, in a word, K-culture creates impact over Bangladeshi lifestyle as well as economy. Another
Bangladeshi news platform, The Business Standard (2020) states that many Bangladeshi K-fan communities
organize competition, celebration, get together, cosplay etc. among more than 50 thousand of fans.
METHODOLOGY
I conduct a survey from 09-01-2020 to 21-01-2020 with responses from 106 random Bangladeshi people of
three types: K-fan, Unfamiliar with Hallyu, Not K-fan. Bangladeshi staying in South Korea have also
enjoyed participating. I analyze three categories, Institutions, Age and Gender; under three objectives, (1)
Creating overview of the popularity of Korean language, (2) To figure out motto and satisfaction over
learning and (3) Analyzing the effectiveness of learning ways by K-fans’ experiences. More than 65
varieties of participants’ departments as well as institutions provide idea about the diversity in learning
interest. They are, University of Dhaka: Applied Mathematics, Mathematics, English, Buddhist Studies,
Public Administration, Anthropology, Law, Physics, Nuclear Engineer, Occupational and Safety
Engineering, Chemistry, Banking and Insurance, Population Sciences, Zoology, International Business,
Development Studies, Disaster Management and Vulnerability Studies, Geography, Management,
Accounting and Information Systems, Soil, Water and Environment, IBA, MIS, Faculty of Business Studies,
Institute of Social Welfare and Research, IER, Institute of Modern Languages: Chinese Language and
Culture, Japanese Studies, Korean Language; Semyung University, Korea; University of Ulsan, Korea; Inha
University, Korea: EE; Jahangirnagar University: Government of Politics; Home Economics: Food and
Nutrition; Siddheshwari Girl’s College: Accounting; North South University: BBA, MBA; Bangladesh
Agricultural University; Faridpur Medical College; AIUB: MPH; Chittagong College: Statistics; National
University: Bangla; International Islamic University, Chittagong: English; Daffodil International University;
83
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Bangla College, Mirpur; Brac University: CSE; M. Abdur Rahim Medical College; IIUC; Dhaka City
College; Independent University Bangladesh: Finance, Marketing, BBA; Anwar Khan Modern Medical
College; RUET: EEE; ECE: EWU; United International University: BBA; Birshreshtha Noor Mohammad
Public College; IUBAT: Mechanical Engineering; Begum Rokeya University: Marketing; Eden: Physics;
Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman Agricultural University; Bangladesh University of Professionals:
International Relations; Tejgaon College; Jogamaya Devi College: Assistant Professor; Schools. Age
average is 22.79 where median and mode are 23. The 22 – 25 range is of 60.38% participants having more
than 10% of participants per slot.
Figure 1. Age and Gender of Participants
RESULTS
A sharp observation through graphical data analysis provides the facts behind K-fans attitude toward
language. The results of data collection are discussed below.
84
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure 2. Fields of Interests for Hangul
Figure 3. Fields of Interests for History, Culture and Literature
Figure 4. Korean Learning Interest
Motto of Learning Korean

K-fans specified their motto of learning this foreign language are: “I am learning Korean language because
of my love for Korean language. And my motto is to explore more about Korean culture, literature and
language”, “To understand K-pop stuffs without subs in the first place. But now maybe in the future if I can
go there, I will love to learn Korean”, “I want to learn their language so that I can understand the drama and
their music...”, “I want to know this language to some extent which can ease the communication maybe”,
“I want to learn Korean language and culture, and want to visit there”, “I’m interested as a fan of K-pop &
K-media... Also, for my future!”, “Talk to them with their own language when I would visit Korea”, “Want
to meet my favorite actor”, “Just wanted to learn because learning languages is my hobby”, “Passion”, “I
85
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
think... I love to learn this. It’s heard too sweet.”, “Knowing more about them and feeling native to them”,
“I am learning Korean language for studying in Korea”, “I love their culture, that’s why I am interested”, “I
want to get TOPIK level 6 which is the highest!”, “To go to South Korea for educational purposes”, “To get
in touch with the Korean community”, “I love to learn different cultures.”, “Go to South Korea to study and
work”, “To understand them”, “To speak and write”, “Becoming a part of technology advanced country”,
“Just to learn Korean for having fun”, “To live comfortably in Korea”, “To pass TOPIK”, “No motto.”,
“Don't know”.
Figure 5. 100% 3-D Stacked Column for Satisfaction over Korean Learning
Figure 6. Effectiveness of Learning Ways
DISCUSSION
Learners’ attitude as K-fan is obtained by combining the facts. Since K-fans are attracted by Hallyu, they
are easily identifiable among all participants by the general questions in ‘Fields of Interests’. K-fans are also
interested into the significance of ‘Hangul’ (Figure 2). I connect two of the scales ‘Of Course! Why Not!’
86
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
and ‘Often’ to get more accuracy by polynomial curves that establish the relationship through K-fans’
interest types and levels in Figure 2 and 3. It shows that if K-fan is interested in K-history and K-literature
s/he also knows about K-culture. Though by knowing about K-culture, one may or may not be interested in
K-history or K-literature. Hence, there is a higher chance that K-fans will learn Korean language which is
not obvious but a common fact for all K-fans. Participants who are not interested to learn it, may or may not
be K-fans. However, Figure 4 estimation provides that total 82.08% under ‘Yes’ and ‘May be’ of K-fans
are interested in learning. The understanding of entertainment program is found as major motto. Tourism or
study abroad plan needs language proficiency which are also targeted. But the beauty of the language, K-
fans enjoy mostly, is considered first that attracts them regardless of any motto. Since the alphabet ‘Hangul’
is scientifically easy to learn, most of the passionate K-fans initially learn by themselves in various ways.
From Figure 5, K-fans of 30.19% are not satisfied while 24.53% are highly satisfied with their learning
experience. On the other hand, 20.75% of the learners have average experience. The satisfaction ranges
from ‘Average’ to ‘Very Much’ within which 65.09% (=20.75%+19.81%+24.53%) of the Bangladeshi K-
fans are presenting a greater mass. Therefore, we can say Bangladeshi K-fans are quite satisfied by learning
Korean in various ways. Noticeably a big mass of fan never tried systematic education like books, reading,
writing etc. to master the language as Figure 6. Thus, K-fans’ opinion about the effective ways of learning
can be used to establish an innovative curriculum or study plan as the following sample table shows.
Table 1. Curriculum Plan based on K-fans Attitude
K-pop K-drama/movie Book Cultural Activity
Purposes Lyrics or story as Dialogue or Story as Various topics Organizing Program,
speaking practice. Text Content. as content for Festival, Workshop,
Grammar and Exhibition,
Vocabulary. Occasional Event,
Competition, Seminar,
Conference.
Aims 1. Getting idea of 1. Getting knowledge 1. Specifying 1. Identifying cultural
changes in of social culture. structural differences.
generations. 2. Broadening study plan by 2. Understanding
2. Acquiring interests in content. ability. cultural values and
motivation through 3. Reducing the 2. Topics richness.
youthfulness. understanding gap of based on 3. Introducing to
3. Introducing content by video clips. importance. cultural involvement.
changes in spoken 4. Enriching 3. Practicing 4. Increasing
language. vocabularies of step by step. adaptability in new
4. Learning various synonyms. 4. Introducing culture.
vocabulary use. 5. Realizing culture and 5. Practicing core
5. Realizing communication tradition. cultural beliefs.
communication approach. 5. Introducing 6. Realizing
approach. 6. Introducing variety Korean communication
of social topics. literature. approach.
7. Introducing 7. Introducing history,
changes in spoken tradition and heritage.
language. 8. Exploring natural
8. Conceptualizing beauties in tourism.
spoken vocabulary
differences.
9. Introducing Korean
literature.
Application All types of contents are applicable for learners various proficiency level according to
curriculum structure.
87
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
All are applicable as Speaking, Reading, Writing, Listening Practice Material based on
learners’ interests.
CONCLUSION
The educational background data refers a remarkable size of educated mass became biased towards Hallyu.
The number of Hangul learning K-fan is increasing day by day. Cultural diversity paves the way of learning
foreign languages satisfactorily. In this perspective, South Korea inherits a very amazing culture to attract
language learners. Their learning interests tend to the communication as well as culture and literature studies
indicating that the learning appetite among Bangladeshi youth has become changed into Korean in respect
of foreign language study plan. Therefore, a new curriculum for Korean language studies is necessary that
meets fans’ interests to make learning more enjoyable through institutional education system.
REFERENCES
Ahmad, S. F. (2017, May). Haute hallyu. Dhaka Tribune.
https://www.dhakatribune.com/magazine/weekend-tribune/2017/05/24/haute-hallyu
Akter, N. (2020, July 24 – 25). A recent study over conceptualization of Korean wave and
language: Reflection by global opinion in 2020. International Conference on an Indian
Issue: Building a Self-Reliant India – Role of Media Organized by Amity School of
Communication, Amity University Patna in Collaboration with UNICEF.
https://www.academia.edu/43804802/A_recent_study_over_conceptualization_of_Korean_
wave_and_language_Reflection_by_global_opinion_in_2020?source=swp_share
Bailey, A., Rosado, N., & Rey, L. (2017). Designing an English Curriculum for Everyone. In V.
C. X. Wang (Ed.), Handbook of Research on Program Development and Assessment
Methodologies in K-20 Education (Issue July, pp. 87–108). IGI Global.
https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-5225-3132-6.ch005
Batoul Touhami, Prof, & Fawwaz Al-Abed Al-Haq. (2017). The Influence of the Korean Wave
on the Language of International Fans: Case Study of Algerian Fans. Sino-US English
Teaching, 14(10). https://doi.org/10.17265/1539-8072/2017.10.004
Bok-rae, K. (2015). Past , Present and Future of Hallyu ( Korean Wave ). American International
Journal of Contemporary Research, 5(5), 154–160.
Chan, W. M., & Chi, S. W. (2010). A study of the learning goals of university students of Korean
as a foreign language. Electronic Journal of Foreign Language Teaching, 7(1), 125–140.
http://e-flt.nus.edu.sg/v7sp12010/chan.htm
Damron, J., & Forsyth, J. (2012). Korean Language Studies: Motivation and Attrition. Journal of
the National Council of Less Commonly Taught Languages, 12, 161–188.
Embassy of the Republic of Korea in People’s Republic of Bangladesh. (2016). K-Pop in
Bangladesh. Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Republic of Korea. http://overseas.mofa.go.kr/bd-
en/brd/m_2128/view.do?seq=740704&srchFr=&srchTo=&srchWord=k-
pop&srchTp=0&multi_itm_seq=0&itm_seq_1=0&itm_seq_2=0&c
ompany_cd=&company_nm=&page=1
Feng, A., & Zhao, H. (2018). Research on the development status of Korean language training
industry in Wuhan. Advances in Social Science, Education and Humanities Research,
215(Mmetss), 387–391. https://doi.org/10.2991/mmetss-18.2018.82
Ha, J. Y. (2017). Hallyu in and for Asia. Kritika Kultura, 2017(28), 55–62.
https://doi.org/10.13185/KK2017.02804
88
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Herman, T. (2017). K-Pop Legend Seo Taiji Holds 25th Anniversary Concert, Passes Torch to
BTS. Billboard. https://www.billboard.com/articles/columns/k-town/7950056/k-pop-legend-
south-korea-seo-taiji-25th-anniversary-concert-bts
Jenna Gibson. (2018, April 20). Hallyu 3.0: The Era of K-pop Collaborations. The Peninsula,
Korea Economic Institute of America. http://blog.keia.org/2018/04/hallyu-3-0-era-k-pop-
collaborations/
Jung, S., & Shim, D. (2014). Social distribution: K-pop fan practices in Indonesia and the
“Gangnam Style” phenomenon. International Journal of Cultural Studies, 17(5), 485–501.
https://doi.org/10.1177/1367877913505173
Ko, Y. C. (2016). Student Needs Analysis for Departments of Korean Language Curriculum
improvement of Russian Universities. Global Media Journal.
http://www.globalmediajournal.com/open-access/student-needs-analysis-for-departments-
of-korean-language-curriculum-improvement-of-russian-universities-.php?aid=83241
Lee, K.-M. S. R. R. (2011). Contemporary Korean. In A History of the Korean Language (pp.
287–305). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511974045.009
Maftoon, P., & Taie, M. (2016). Language Curriculum Planning for the Third Millennium: A
Future Perspective. International Journal of English Linguistics, 6(4), 41.
https://doi.org/10.5539/ijel.v6n4p41
National Institute for Korean Language. (2017). A Summary of the International Standard
Curriculum for Korean Language (p. 11). National Institute for Korean Language.
https://www.korean.go.kr/common/download.do;front=A40DDC7AABF7B09CF4B3F3676
736CC6B?file_path=etcData&c_file_name=a2bfc7c9-a87e-46f8-b59c-
460e2d8b8852_2.pdf&o_file_name=국제 통용 한국어 표준 교육과정_영어 요약본.pdf
Rahman, R. (2018, June 5). Special: K-drama takes Bangladesh by storm. Dhaka Tribune.
https://www.dhakatribune.com/showtime/2018/06/04/special-k-drama-takes-bangladesh-by-
storm
Rahman, R. (2020, May 7). Korean drama: A beginner’s guide to onboard with ‘Hallyu’ fever.
The Business Standard. https://tbsnews.net/glitz/korean-drama-beginners-guide-onboard-
hallyu-fever-78250
Shiblee, S. S. (2015, December 24). K-Drama for Beginners. The Daily Star.
https://www.thedailystar.net/shout/pop-culture/k-drama-beginners-191527
The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica. (2019). Hangul. In Encyclopædia Britannica.
Encyclopædia Britannica, inc. https://www.britannica.com/topic/Hangul-Korean-alphabet
TNN. (2020). NEP 2020: Korean introduced as new foreign language at the secondary level.
Education Times. https://www.educationtimes.com/article/newsroom/77298765/nep-2020-
korean-introduced-as-new-foreign-language-at-the-secondary-level.html#gsc.tab=0
Wikipedia contributors. (2020). Hangul. In Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia. Wikipedia, The
Free Encyclopedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Hangul&oldid=970857367
Wikipedia contributors. (2020). List of newspapers in Bangladesh. In Wikipedia, The Free
Encyclopedia. Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia.
https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=List_of_newspapers_in_Bangladesh&oldid=969
185848
Yeon-soo, K. (2019, January 12). 89,000,000 “hallyu” fans worldwide. The Korea Times.
http://www.koreatimes.co.kr/www/art/2019/01/732_261877.html?fbclid=IwAR3tGFZ0ssm
Q8bdh5TPB5RYnMH_WZXpOxFi16AOvLaP0RicMMqFS0LBSX2E
89
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
EFFECT OF MOLECULAR WEIGHT ON THERMAL BEHAVIOR AND

PROCESSABILITY OF OLIGOMERIC PHTHALONITRILE RESINS
Palaniappan Selvakumarabc* and Muthusamy Sarojadevia

a
Department of Chemistry, College of Engineering, Anna University, Chennai- 600 025, India.
b
Department of Chemistry, Carleton University, 1125 Colonel By Drive, Ottawa- K1B 5B6,
Ontario, Canada
c
Department of Chemistry, S.I.V.E.T College, Chennai-600073, India
Abstract
A series of phthalonitrile end-capped oligomers having controlled molecular weights
were prepared by the reaction between aromatic diols, dichloro compounds and 4(4’-
aminophenoxy) phthalonitrile. The average molecular weight of the oligomers can be
controlled by varying the stoichiometric ratio of diols and dichloro compounds used. The
structure of the prepared compounds was characterized by FT-IR and NMR spectral
techniques. The average molecular weights (Mn & Mw) and polydispersity index (PDI)
values of the oligomers were determined by Gel permeation chromatographic (GPC)
analysis. Differential scanning calorimetric (DSC) analysis was used to follow the cure
behavior of the oligomeric phthalonitrile with 4,4’-oxydianiline (ODA) curing agent
mixtures. The oligomeric phthalonitriles were converted into cross-linked network
structure by three step curing process at elevated temperatures. As the average molecular
weight of the oligoimides increases, an enhancement of thermal stability was observed.
Such oligomeric system is expected to be quite useful for the advanced composite
applications that need high temperature capabilities.
Keywords: phthalonitrile oligomer, controlled molecular weight, GPC analysis, thermal

properties.
1. Introduction
Currently there is a great demand for a new class of high performance composite
materials which bridge the gap between organic, metal and ceramic based materials. The
requirements for this new class of composite material are that it must have good
processability, show good mechanical performance characteristics and long term, high
service temperature capabilities [1-2]. A major advantage of phthalonitrile resins
compared with other plastics is their ability to withstand temperature in excess of 200˚C
for extended periods without permanent damage to the coatings, plastics or composites
made [3]. Polymerization takes place through the terminal cyano group by an addition
mechanism to afford cross-linked networks. These materials exhibit good thermal and
oxidative stability [4-5].
90
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
The chemical and physical properties of the polymers primarily depend on the bridging
groups. The aromatic moieties provide the high mechanical strength, modules. Although
these polymers have flexible moieties in the linking group, the toughness of the polymers
is not high because of the shortness on the bridging group [6]. Phthalonitrile monomers
with short bridging chains are difficult to polymerize. The processability of the
prepolymers plays a vital role in the preparation of high temperature advanced
composites with enhanced mechanical properties [7].
Phthalonitrile polymers usually contain highly stable structural units such as aromatic and
heterocyclic rings. Unfortunately, polymers composed solely of these high temperature
structural moieties tend to brittle and intractable. Thus, the attention has been directed
towards the introduction of flexible linkages into the chain together with the high
temperature units [8-10]. In order to overcome the above disadvantages, a new
oligomeric phthalonitrile resins as potential matrices for composite formulations has been
developed. Several oligomeric phthalonitriles of varying average molecular weight in
which the two terminal phthalonitrile units are interconnected by moieties with aromatic
ether and sulfone linkages have been synthesized.
2. Experimental
2.1 Materials
4-nitrophthalonitrile was synthesized according to the procedure given in a previous

study [5]. N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and toluene were purchased from SRL, India.
These solvents were purified by distillation under reduced pressure over calcium hydride
and stored over 4Å molecular sieves. Phthalimide, hydroquinone, 1,5-dihydroxy
naphthalene, 4,4’-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4’-dichloro benzophenone and potassium
hydroxide were used as received from E-Merck, India.
2.2 Measurements
Fourier Transform Infra Red (FT-IR) spectra were recorded on a Perkin-Elmer RX-1
spectrometer using a KBr disk at a scanning range from 4000 to 400 cm-1. 1H-NMR and
13
C-NMR spectra were obtained on a Joel Ex-400 spectrometer (400MHz) using DMSO-
d6 as solvents and the chemical shifts were calibrated by using 1% TMS as a reference.
Elemental analysis was carried out with a Perkin-Elmer model 2400. The viscosity
measurements were performed on a TA Instruments AR-2000 Rheometer, with an
environmental testing chamber for temperature control. 40 mm diameter parallel plates
were used in the test chamber of the rheometer. The melt viscosity of the phthalonitrile
prepolymers were monitored in air at 270°C as a function of time. The viscosity
measurement was used to determine the optimum level of curing additive concentration
and processing temperature. DSC analysis was performed on a Q10 series TA instruments
Differential scanning calorimeter using 3 mg of the sample crimped in aluminium pans at
a heating rate of 10°C/min and a flow rate of 40 ml/min. Thermo gravimetric data were
obtained on a Q100 series TA instruments in flowing Nitrogen/air at a heating rate of
20°C/min.
91
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
2.3 Synthesis of oligomeric phthalonitriles
To a 250 mL, three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and Dean-Stark trap with
a condenser, and a nitrogen inlet was charged 4.4g of (0.04 mol) hydroquinone, 5.8g
(0.02mol) of 4, 4’-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone and 50 ml of dimethylformamide. While
stirring to dissolve the two reactants, the solution was purged with dry nitrogen for 30
minutes and the Dean-Stark trap was filled with toluene. 8.28g (0.6mol) of andydrous
potassium carbonate was then added. The temperature of the reaction mixture was
increased to 100˚C and held at this temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was then refluxed
at 135-145˚C under nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hour or until no more water was observed
being collected in the Dean-Stark trap. FT-IR spectroscopy was used to confirm and
monitor the formation of the desired oligomeric product. After the toluene was removed
by distillation, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 6.92g (0.04mol)
of 4-nitrophthalonitrile was added in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred at
80˚C for 6 hour. The mixture was allowed to cool to the ambient temperature and poured
into a 5% aqueous KOH solution. A solid product was collected by suction filtration,
washed with water, and dried to afford 9.8g. All the other oligomers were prepared by
varying the stoichiometric ration of reactants.
FT-IR (A1) (KBr pellet, cm-1): 2233 (C≡N), 1256 (C-O), 1110 (C-O); 1H NMR
(300MHz, DMSO-d6) δ (ppm): 7.39-7.54 (m), 7.55-7.68 (m), 7.70-7.95 (m), 6.72-6.90
(m), 7.10-7.38 (m), 8.10-8.32 (m)
2.4. Synthesis of prepolymers
The synthesized oligomeric phthalonitriles were washed with 5% sodiumhydroxide

solution to remove insoluble impurities, dried in a vacuum oven at 80˚C for about 10
hours. A reaction kettle added 25 g of phthalonitrile monomer (A1) and heated at 245-
255˚C in air atmosphere for about 5 minutes. Then added 4.0wt % of curing agent 4, 4’-
diaminodiphenyl sulfone (DDS) in one portion and stirred well for another 5-10 minutes.
After homogeneity occurs, the product was quenched to room temperature. A dark color
amorphous solid prepolymer product was obtained. It has the solubility in common
organic solvents such as methylene chloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide
(DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), and 1-methyl- 2-pyrrolidinone (NMP).
92
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Scheme 1. Synthesis of phthalonitrile oligomer
2.5 Polymerization of perpolymers
All prepared oligomeric prepolymers were converted into crosslinked networks

by three step thermal curing process based on the results obtained from DSC cure
analysis. 10 g of each of the prepolymers were weighed in a reaction kettle and
polymerized in air atmosphere. The samples were cured at 250C for 5 hours, 260C for
5 hours and 280C for 8 hours. Finally, the samples were post-cured at 300C for about
10 hours.
93
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
3. Results and Discussion
3.1 Syntheses of phthalonitrile oligomers
A series of oligomeric phthalonitriles (A1-A3), in which the average molecular

weights were varied by reacting different mole ratios of (excess) of dialkali salt of
aromatic dihydroxy compounds with dichloro compounds followed by endcapping with
4-nitrophthalonitrile were synthesized. The synthesis was performed by mixing the
reactants together in one reaction vessel. The reaction was carried out by in situ one-pot,
two-step method. The average chain length of the oligomeric linkage between the
terminal phthalonitrile units depends on the molar ratio of the reactants used.
In the first step, the diphenols were converted into alkali phenolate by the reaction with
potassium carbonate in polar aprotic solvent, N,N-dimethylformamide. Toluene was
added for removing water by azeotropic distillation. The reaction was performed in
nitrogen atmosphere. In the second step, dichloro compound was added to the
diphenolate (excess) in a specific mole ratio. The reaction mixture was refluxed at about
155-165˚C for about 13 hrs. The water formed as by-product was removed by azeotropic
distillation. When the reaction is complete (no more water gets collected), toluene was
removed from the reaction mixture by distillation and the reaction mixture was cooled to
room temperature.
The last step consists of adding 4-nitrophthalonitrile to the dipotassium salt of bisphenol,
resulting in the formation of ether linkages connecting oligomeric phthalonitriles. The
phthalonitrile end-capped product was obtained by the displacement of the nitro group by
the phenolate in the presence of potassium carbonate. The reaction mixture was then
poured into 5% potassium hydroxide solution and the phthalonitrile endcapped oligomer
was separated by vacuum filtration. The oligomeric phthalonitriles with different
molecular weights were prepared by varying the mole ratio (1.5-2.5) of reactants. The
synthetic scheme provides a versatile method for obtaining a wide array of phthalonitrile
oligomers of varying average molecular weight. By increasing the distance between the
terminal phthalonitrile moieties and by incorporating flexibility into the interconnecting
unit by means of the ether linkages, the toughness of the corresponding polymers should
be enhanced. In addition, the cross-linking density of the polymers can be readily
controlled as a function of the molar ratios of the reactants used in the synthesis. All the
oligomer samples were obtained in good yield and were found to have low melting points
comparably with phthalonitrile monomers [11-12].
3.2 FT-IR Analysis
The representative infrared spectrum of the oligomer (A1) shown in Figure 1. The
absorptions around 2230-2233 cm-1 correspond to the stretching vibration of terminal
94
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
nitrile (C≡N) group. The absorption band around 1039-104 cm-1 is due to the sulphoxide
linkages. The asymmetric and symmetric stretching vibration of C-O-C were observed
around 1241-1252 and 1080-1092 cm-1 respectively and absence of band around 3300-
3500 cm-1 due to OH group confirms the completion of reaction. In addition, decrease of
intensity of the nitrile absorption was observed for all the oligomers relative to the other
characteristic absorptions. This may be attributed to the enhancement of molecular
weight, which leads to the increase of interconnecting chain length [13-14].
Figure 1. FT-IR spectrum of oligomeric phthalonitrile (AI)
3.3 1H NMR spectral analysis of oligomers

1H NMR spectroscopy was used to confirm the structure of the oligomeric
phthalonitriles. The representative 1H NMR spectra of the oligomers are shown in Figure
2. All the proton signals were observed in the aromatic region in the range of 6.72-8.32
ppm [1]. This result shows that the formation of oligomeric phthalonitriles. All the proton
signals are broad and multiplets, which confirms the presence of dimer and oligomeric
species in the synthesized product [5].
95
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure 2. 1H NMR spectrum of oligomeric phthalonitrile (AI)
3.4 Molecular weight Distribution (GPC analysis)

The average molecular weights and molecular weight distributions of the
phthalonitrile oligomers were determined by GPC analysis in THF as solvent. It was
observed that the average molecular weights are enhanced with increases of mole ratio of
the individual reactants.
96
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure 3. GPC molecular weight distribution of oligomers A1, A2 and A3
Dichloro/ Molecular weight (g mol-1)

Repeating
Code dihydroxy
Mn Mw Mp units (~n)
ratio (mol)
A1 1: 1.5 1775 2230 1298 3.5
A2 1: 2.0 1541 1877 1171 3
A3 1: 2.5 1041 1219 1232 2
Table.1 GPC average molecular weight analysis results
3.5 Cure behavior (DSC studies)
The cure behavior of oligomeric phthalonitriles was studied by differential scanning

calorimetric technique and the results are given in Table 2. The DSC thermograms of
oligomers (A1-A3) with 5 wt% of ODA (curing agent) are shown in Figure 3. The DSC
thermograms exhibit a melting transition around 172-196˚C. The cure exotherm was
97
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
initiated (Ti) around 242-265˚C, the maximum cure (Tmax) was observed around 268-
279˚C and the cure reaction was completed (Tend) around 288-306˚C. The DSC cure
studies reveal that the oligomeric phthalonitriles were cured at fairly lower temperatures
upto n=~4 relative to the phthalonitrile monomers. In addition, the oligomers were cured
in comparatively short periods. The reason may be due to the incorporation of multiple
ether groups which leads to flexibility and thus the chain mobility enhanced. Moreover,
these oligomeric phthalonitriles show large processing window (~80-90˚C) which can be
easily processed as composite components with enhanced toughness [15-16].
3.6 Polymerization
The neat curing of phthalonitrile resins has been shown to proceed very slowly even
during extended periods of time at elevated temperatures. The phthalonitrile monomers
thus converted into amorphous prepolymers at a curing rate dependant upon both the
amount of curing additive and the curing temperatures. The samples were cured at 245 ˚C
for 5 hrs, 280 ˚C for 5 hrs, 300 ˚C for 5 hrs and post-cured at 340 ˚C for 5 hrs,
respectively.
3.7 Thermal properties

The thermal stability of the oligomeric cured resins were evaluated by TGA analysis at a
heating rate of 20˚C/min in nitrogen atmosphere. The temperature at 5, 10% weight loss
and residual weight retention at 800˚C are summarized in Table 2. The representative
TGA thermogram of the oligomeric phthalonitrile resins are shown in Figure 4. The
polymers did not show any considerable weight loss upto 450˚C. The temperature at 5
and 10% weight loss are in the range of 456-469 and 471-512˚C respectively. The results
shows that thermal stability increases with enhancement of molecular weight (n= ~4).
The stability can be attributed to the fact that, upon curing, the cyano groups of the
phthalonitrile react to form triazine ring structures. The formation of heterocyclic ring
structures promotes high thermal stability, as well as good mechanical properties [17-18].
98
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure. 3 DSC cure profile of oligomeric prepolymer A1 and A2
Oligomer DSC cure temp (˚C) TGA

code Initial Maximum End T5% T10% Char yield
(Ti) (Tmax) (Tend) (˚C) (˚C) (%)
A1 247 268 288 456 471 58.3
A2 251 274 293 462 488 55.1
A3 254 274 299 467 504 56.2
Table.2 DSC and TGA analysis results
Figure. 3 TGA analysis of oligomeric cured resin A1 and A2
4. Conclusions
Oligomeric phthalonitriles bearing multiple aromatic ether linkages with various average
molecular weights were prepared from the reaction of diols, hydroquinone, 1,5-dihydroxy
naphthalene and dihalides 4,4’-dichlorodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4’-dichloro benzophenone,
and 4-nitrophthalonitrile. The average molecular weights of the oligomeric phthalonitriles
were determined by GPC analysis in DMF as eluent. The number average molecular
99
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) are in the range of 2042-4103
and 2480-4973 respectively. The prepared oligomers were comparatively low melting
and easily processable as thermosetting composite materials. In addition, these materials
are expected to be enhanced flexibility and other mechanical properties.
Acknowledgements
The author sincerely thank “The Defence Research and Development Organization”
(DRDO-ER/IP) New Delhi, India and shastri Indo-Canadian institute for their financial
support.
References
[1]. Laskoski M., Dominguez D. D. and Keller T. M. (2007). ‘Synthesis and
properties of aromatic ether phosphine oxide containing oligomeric
phthalonitrile resin with improve oxidstivr stability, Vol.48, pp. 6234-6240.
[2]. Laskoski M., Dominguez D. D. and Keller T. M. (2005), Synthesis and

properties of bisphenol A based phthalonitrile resin, Polymer, Vol.43, pp-
4136-4143
[3]. Selvakumar P., Padmini K., Sarojadevi M and Leelavathi M. F. (2010),
Synthesis, characterization and polymerization of imide-containing
phthalonitrile polymers’, J. macromol. Sci. part A: pure and appl. Chem., Vol.
47, pp 76-88
[4]. Achar B. N., Fohlen G. M. and Parker J. A. (1986), Synthesis and

characterization of the novel type of polymerizable bisphthalonitrile monomers,
J Polym. Sci. part A: Polym. Chem., Vol. 24, pp. 1997-2010.
[5]. Selvakumar P. and Sarojadevi M. (2009), ‘Development of oligomeric

phthalonitrile resins for advanced composite applications’ Macromol. Symp.,
Vol. 277, pp 190–200.
[6]. Guangxing W, Yue H., Ying G., Shoukai W., Jinsong S., Heng Z and Tong Z (2019).
Phthalonitrile-Terminated Silicon-Containing Oligomers: Synthesis, Polymerization,
and Properties, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 2019, 58, 23, PP. 9921–9930.
[7]. Cheng L, Encheng L, Lishuai Z, Chengde L, Guipeng Y, Jinyan W, Fangyuan

H, Zhihuan W and Xigao J (2018). Phthalonitrile-functionalized poly(ether imide)
oligomers derived from phthalazinone-containing dianhydride: facile synthesis, curing
and properties, Polymer Bulletin, Vol. 75, PP.1037–1054.
[8]. Selvakumar P, Sarojadevi M and Sundararajan P (2011), Microwave assisted ionic

liquid phase synthesis of phthalonitrile polymers, J of Polym. Engg. Vol. 31, 2-3
[9]. Jianghuai H, Dimeng W, Dongkui L, Shourong X, Yongchao Z, Ke Z and Gang Y
100
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
(2015). Study on thermal behaviors of a novel cruciform amide-containing

phthalonitrile monomer, Designed Monomers and Polymers, 18:7, PP. 620-626.
[10]. Selvakumar P, Sarojadevi M and Sundararajan P (2010), Synthesis, characterization

and microwave enhanced polymerization of a phthalonitrile resin, Mat.Sci.&
Engg.B, 168, PP 214-18
[11]. Xiaodan L, Fei Z, Ting Z, Ziqiao W , Heng Z , Haoran C , Lin X*, Dongxing Z and
Guanhui W. (2019). Blends of Cyanate Ester and Phthalonitrile–Polyhedral
Oligomeric Silsesquioxane Copolymers: Cure Behavior and Properties,
Polymers , 11(1), 54.
[12]. Hardrict, Shauntrece Nicole (2003), Novel novolac-phthalonitrile and siloxane-
phthalonitrile resins cured with low melting novolac oligomers for flame retardant
structural thermosets, master theses (http://hdl.handle.net/10919/9669).
[13]. Keller T. M. (1987), Phthalonitrile-based conductive polymer, J. Polym. Sci.:

Part A: Polym. Chem., Vol. 25, pp. 2569-2576
[14]. Keller T. M. (1995), Phthalonitrile prepolymer as high temperature sizing material

for composite fibers, United States patent 5,389,441.
[15]. Laskoski M., Dominguez D. D. and Keller T. M. (2007), Synthesis and properties of
aromatic ether phosphine oxide containing oligomeric phthalonitrile resin with
improved oxidative stability, Vol. 48, pp. 6234-6240.
[16]. Keller T. M. (1994), Synthesis and characterization of multiple aromatic

ether phthalonitriles, Vol. 6, pp.302-305.
[17]. Imam M. A., Sastri S. B. and Keller T. M. (1999), lightweight high damping porous
metal/phthalonitrile composites, United State Patent 5895726.
[18]. Keller T. M. (1994), Synthesis of phthalonitrile resins containing ether and imide
linkages with aromatic diamine curing agent, United State Patent 5,292,854.
101
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
REMOTE TEACHING AMIDST COVID 19 IN INDIA: APPROACH, CHALLENGES & LEARNING
Amit Joshi1, Preeti Bhaskar2

1
Assistant Professor, ICFAI Business School, ICFAI University, Dehradun, Uttarakhand, India
*2
Faculty, Ibra College of Technology, Oman and Research Scholar, ICFAI University, Dehradun,
Uttrakhand, India
Abstract
The lockdown imposed in India on 25 March 2020 resulted in the indefinite closure of education
institutes all across the country. The government and educational institutes were quick to respond, they
shifted teaching from offline to online mode. This article aims to identify the approaches made by the
higher education institution for continues imparting of education amidst lockdown. The article also
identifies the challenges faced by teachers in Remote Teaching from their homes. The study is
descriptive and analytical in nature and data has been collected from secondary sources like reports,
news articles, blogs, interview videos, magazines, social media, and journals to achieve the objective
of the paper. Based on the secondary sources' information, the article also advocates the learning curve
for the future to deal with any such crisis impact on the education system of India. The findings revealed
that higher education institution have taken many initiatives in this pandemic situation for imparting
education. But these initiatives have not been very successful from the teacher's perspective. Teachers
faced may issue in Remote Teaching such as lack of technical facilities, family interruption, lack of
training, lack of clarity & direction, lack of technical knowledge. The learning curve of the article
facilitates the higher education institution to help them to execute the online educative in an effective
manner.
Keywords: Remote Teaching, Teaching approach, Challenges, COVID-19; Higher Education institutions;
Teachers, Lockdown
INTRODUCTION
COVID-19 pandemic has ushered a new dimension to the education system in India. Many higher
education systems have adopted or are in the process of adopting Remote Teaching during the on-going
crisis. Teachers were expected to adopt technology as a tool to teach students in order to provide a
temporary arrangement instead of face to face interaction (Hodges, et al., 2020). The paradigm shift of
taking classes in conventional classrooms to taking classes at the convenience of the home has
introduced hope and belief but has also raised doubts and apprehensions (Microsoft, 2020). Under the
given circumstances it is evident that teachers of Higher Education Institutes have to change their
pedagogy following the simple philosophy of progress or perish. It is also clear that Remote Teaching
in India is not a short-run phenomenon and is here to stay for the long term. The lockout of education
institutes has also exposed them to how well they were prepared to teach other than the classrooms.
With untrained teachers to teach using an online system that they were not familiar with, the education
may have suffered. Though the government and UGC claim to run classes online without having any
adverse impact on academics but a lot more introspection is required in this regard. Due to a lack of
training and understanding, teachers may face a lot of problems in adopting technology for teaching
(Wadke, 2020). It is important to note that Remote Teaching can’t be successful without the support of
teachers, as they are the frontline workers of any educational institution. COVID-19 epidemic has made
102
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
it mandatory for teachers to use online platforms for teaching to support the education sectors. The
teacher needs to adapt the technology for the successful execution of Remote Teaching and assessments.
The article explores the measures adopted by the government and higher education institutes to continue
the education and not letting the academics suffer. The article also tries to bring out the challenges faced
in imparting education through different online tools, thereby substantiating the overall impact on the
education system of India.
APPROACH
In Education, institutes are an amalgamation of students and teachers from all over the world, which
makes it more vulnerable during the COVID19 pandemic as the risk of spread of disease becomes multi-
folded. So the government has announced the lockdown and closure of educational institutions as a
logical solution. It was assumed and predicted that the lockdown will soon be over and classes will
restore but as the lockdown being extended till 17th May 2020 and the number of cases continuously
escalating it is assumed that the institutes will not follow the conventional method of teaching till
October 2020. India being highly populated country and is over-dependent on the service sector, it
cannot afford to cancel a semester or academic year. Considering the depth of the situation, the
Government along with educational institutes have started to look for solutions so as not to disrupt the
academics.it was unanimously agreed to deliver education through the online system (Saxena, 2020).
University grant commission issued its guidelines pertaining to academics on April 29, 2020. They
suggested delaying the session for the academic year 2020-2021 to August 1, 2020 and advised higher
institutions to conduct classes through online learning/social media (WhatsApp/ youtube)/
SWAYAMPRABHA channels/video conferencing/ mobile apps/ emails. The higher education
institutions response directed their teachers to conduct the classes from their home using a different
online learning system .COVID-19 converted teaching from a conventional model to EdTech Model,
where both teachers and students are exposed to new innovative educational technology. Many higher
education institutions (HEIs) commenced distance education and online learning during the COVID-19
pandemic. Renowned HEIs such as the Institute of Technology (IITs), Indian Institutes of Management
(IIMs), ICFAI University, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Symbiosis International University Netaji
Subhas University of Technology, IGNOU, Jamia Millia Islamia, and Delhi University, etc. are offering
online classes to its students. A week-long campaign 'bharat padhe online’ was launched by the
government of India on April 10, 2020 to improve the online transfer of knowledge. Many initiatives
have been taken to kick-start the education covering all the aspects, some of them are SWAYAM online
courses for teachers to increase their knowledge and efficiency, e-PG Pathshala covering social science,
arts, UG/PG MOOCs for non-technology courses, natural and mathematical science, CEC-UGC
YouTube channel, Vidwan-a database of experts who provide information to peers and potential
collaborators, NEAT-an initiative by AICTE to imbibe the required skills in the students' (Nanda, 2020).
The government has created the infrastructure to deliver e-education, these include national knowledge
network(NKN) to provide high-speed network as a backbone to educational institutes, a national project
on technology-enhanced learning, national mission on education through information and
communication technology, national academic depository (Sharma, 2020 ).At present all teachers are
busy using different ways to engage the students some are using digital learning portal, some are
recording videos and sharing on WhatsApp or mailing them, some are taking lectures through learning
management systems, some are busy sending assignments and projects. The whole scenario has created
a unified approach and projects that lockdown was not able to restrict the academics in India.
Emergency remote teaching should work with various shareholders to provide better and timely
solutions and should be concerned, it is also necessary to care for and help the learners during COVID
times (Bozkurt & Sharma, 2020).
103
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
CHALLENGES
Considering the present situation, though internet-based teaching and learning is the only appropriate
stop-gap procedure in India, they need to realize that only a few institutes of higher education are using
the Learning management system (Gulzar, & Leema, 2016). Learning from a distance is not as effective
as face to face interaction, the sufferers are the students who are not well versed with the subject.
Teachers offering their services in Higher education are not well trained to teach online. Most of the
teachers still are digital migrants that are born after the 19th century. They are facing many problems
while transforming knowledge from their home. The lockdown has imposed different kinds of problems
primarily rising due to change in the teaching environment settings. Teachers may not have sufficient
infrastructure like a laptop, internet, microphones, etc. to efficiently impart education. If teachers, while
conducting sessions face any technical difficulty, technical assistance is not available. Continuous
distractions from family members have an adverse impact on teaching.
Most of the HEIs in India are not well equipped with technologies such as Moodle, Blackboard
(teaching app), Microsoft Teams, and Zoom, but they have made it mandatory for teachers to utilize
open-source Remote Teaching platforms such as WhatsApp, YouTube, Skype, Google hangout, etc.
Ela Goyal, who has a Ph.D. in the use of technology in education, is an alumnus of St Stephens College
and former professor in a management school, is running independent workshops to train the teachers.
"Many of them are not aware of how to conduct remote classes; most of them are from socially and
economically underprivileged backgrounds and are not aware of such tools." (Agha, 2020). Remote
Teaching is being engaged in an unproven and extraordinary proportion. A conventional classroom
consists of chairs, tables, board, marker, and projector. None of these facilities are present in the home
environment settings as a result of teachers may not be able to do justice to the lessons taught. External
distractions due to a noise coming from the neighbourhood or the family members may pay an adverse
impact on the continuity of sessions (Press Trust of India, 2020).
The teachers are expected to teach online without any proper training. The lockdown caught the teachers
unaware and unprepared. They face technical issues connectivity, system failure, bandwidth issues, etc.
to conduct online sessions one should have the good technical infrastructure but very few teachers may
have the latest configured laptops, microphones, and camera. A survey conducted by QS I Gauge, which
rates colleges and universities in India with complete operational control held by London-based QS
pointed out that “the infrastructure in terms of technology in India has not achieved a state of quality to
ensure sound delivery of online classes to students across the country” (Agarwal, 2020). Teachers are
accustomed to the orthodox method of teaching. It will be an injustice to expect them to transform
within a month. Institutions are using PowerPoint presentations, recording video lectures, taking online
classes through different apps, but they do not offer any clear instructions as to how this should be done.
They expect an aged teacher neither technically sound to do Remote Teaching "(Sharma, 2020.).
External pressure from the institute may generate negative attitude in teachers as they will teach only
by force not out of pleasure. The importance of classroom learning is undeniable and this pandemic
proves that India is not yet ready to handle online classrooms (Mahesh, 2020). It is also difficult to teach
some of the courses which require personal interaction like numerical, experimental, communication
subjects. Teachers may face pedagogical issues in imparting education online as the students are a
heterogeneous group and many students face language barriers especially English, which makes the
online material shared by the teachers inaccessible. However during face-to-face teaching, language
factors are mitigated as teachers use bilingual communication (Mahajan, 2020). It is expected that
teachers may not be motivated to teach due to many factors such as lack of interaction, lack of student
104
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
engagement, psychological and emotional need cannot be ascertained, unable to reach students,
indiscipline, and inability to effectively clear student’s doubts. With remote learning Lack of interaction
and feeling lonely is also a major concern. Both the teacher and the learner are not as motivated as they
would have been during regular sessions. The teachers are under pressure to keep themselves motivated
and at the same time engage the students as well. (Bozkurt, et al., 2020) highlights the issues that should
be taken into consideration such as using alternative assessment and evaluation methods and should be
concerned about surveillance, ethics, and data privacy while using online solutions.
CONCLUSION
COVID19 pandemic has ushered the education system into a tech-savvy path (Govindarajan &
Srivastava, 2020). Though it is evident that online classes and assessments cannot substitute
conventional mode of teaching but the role of technology and its extensive use in imparting education
cannot be neglected. The government and all higher education institutes have done their best for the
smooth flow of education. Though the methods being adopted are based on trial and error, but it is to
be noted that continuous efforts are being implemented. Government, institutes, teachers are daily
coming up with guidelines, pedagogy and methods to implement efficient Remote Teaching. It may
seem that classes are being run smoothly and the academics will not be disturbed, but the problem is
deep-rooted. The education system stands tall on two pillars, teacher and student. The Remote Teaching
is just a procedure supported by the government and institutes. The complete responsibility of its
effective implementation rests on teachers, the majority of which are not trained and lack resources. All
may feel good about it as students are happy as it will be easy for them to progress to next semester
class, teachers are not going to complain as they have to secure their job and institutes will always claim
that they are one in the league, but somewhere efficiency may be compromised.
LEARNING CURVE
Every dark cloud comes with a silver lining, the lockdown has disturbed the education sector but we
have an option which will open a new course for the Indian Higher Education. All higher education
institutes now are aware of the importance of technology and should take serious measures to conduct
technology-driven sessions and incorporate attendance, delivery, assignments, examinations,
assessments, and results through the learning management system. Higher education institution needs
to introduce a new course structure and focus on courses that will be taught online using flipped
classrooms and blended learning. Every university and college should have a dedicated department for
technical support and imparts training to teachers and staff. Financial support to teachers like interest-
free loans to teachers to buy updated laptops, cameras, microphones, etc. so that teachers are well
equipped even at home to take sessions. A collaboration of Government, technology companies, and
Higher education institutes in the mode of PPHP (Public, Private Companies, Higher Education
Institutes Partnership) can solve the problem of technical infrastructure. Effective Remote Teaching
will create digital literacy and with less cost on facilities will make higher education affordable, thus
generating a pathway for new India.
REFERENCES
• Agarwal, S. (2020). Google bids to make advertisements more transparent; launches several
tools. The Economic Times. Retrieved from
https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/tech/internet/google-bids-to-make-advertisements-
more-transparent-launches-several-tools/articleshow/77282300.cms
105
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
• Agha, E. (2020). Learning Rebooted: Online Education During Covid-19 Lockdown Puts
Spotlight on India’s Digital Divide. Retrieved from News18 website:
https://www.news18.com/news/india/learning-rebooted-online-education-during-covid-19-
lockdown-puts-spotlight-on-indias-digital-divide-2563265.html
• Bozkurt, A., & Sharma, R. C. (2020). Emergency remote teaching in a time of global crisis due
to CoronaVirus pandemic. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(1), i-vi.
• Bozkurt, A., Jung, I., Xiao, J., Vladimirschi, V., Schuwer, R., Egorov, G., ... & Rodes, V.
(2020). A global outlook to the interruption of education due to COVID-19 Pandemic:
Navigating in a time of uncertainty and crisis. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(1), 1-
126.
• Govindarajan, V., & Srivastava, A. (2020). What the Shift to Virtual Learning Could Mean for
the Future of Higher Ed. Retrieved from Harvard Business Review website:
https://hbr.org/2020/03/what-the-shift-to-virtual-learning-could-mean-for-the-future-of-
higher-ed
• Gulzar, Z., & Leema, A. A. (2016). Proliferation of E-Learning in Indian Universities through
the Analysis of Existing LMS Scenario: A Novel Approach. Indian Journal of Science and
Technology, 9, 21.
• Hodges, C., Moore, S., Lockee, B., Trust, T., & Bond, A. (2020). The Difference Between
Emergency Remote Teaching and Online Learning. Retrieved from er.educause.edu website:
https://er.educause.edu/articles/2020/3/the-difference-between-emergency-remote-teaching-
and-online-learning
• Mahajan, S. (2020). Technological, social, pedagogical issues must be resolved for online
teaching. Retrieved July 31, 2020, from The Indian Express website:
https://indianexpress.com/article/opinion/columns/india-coronavirus-lockdown-online-
education-learning-6383692/
• Mahesh, S. (2020). A need now but no replacement: Teachers share concerns about online
classes during COVID-19. Retrieved from The New Indian Express website:
https://www.newindianexpress.com/education/2020/may/06/a-need-now-but-no-replacement-
teachers-share-concerns-about-online-classes-during-covid-19-2139605.html
• Microsoft. (2020). How education institutions in India are ensuring “learning never stops” amid
COVID-19 with Microsoft Teams. Retrieved July 31, 2020, from Microsoft News Center India
website: https://news.microsoft.com/en-in/features/indian-schools-remote-learning-microsoft-
teams-covid-19/
• Nanda, P. K. (2020). How top universities including IITs are redefining education amid
COVID-19. Retrieved July 31, 2020, from Livemint website:
https://www.livemint.com/education/news/how-premier-institutes-are-redefining-education-
for-mass-impact-11595764983950.html
• Press Trust of India. (2020). From Technological Queries To Distress Calls, Teachers Struggle
With Challenges Posed By Lockdown. Retrieved from NDTV.com website:
https://www.ndtv.com/education/from-technological-queries-to-distress-calls-teachers-
struggle-with-challenges-posed-by-lockdown-2208957
• Saxena, K. (2020). Coronavirus Accelerates Pace of Digital Education in India. Retrieved July
31, 2020, from EdTechReview website: https://edtechreview.in/e-learning/3984-corona-virus-
accelerates-pace-of-digital-education-in-india
• Sharma, A. K. (2020). COVID-19: Creating a paradigm shift in India’s Education System.
Retrieved July 31, 2020, from Economic Times Blog website:
106
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/blogs/et-commentary/covid-19-creating-a-paradigm-
shift-in-indias-education-system/
• Sharma, K. (2020). Why online classes may not be such a good idea after all, especially for
kids. Retrieved from ThePrint website: https://theprint.in/india/education/why-online-classes-
may-not-be-such-a-good-idea-after-all-especially-for-kids/406979/
• Wadke, R. (2020). Covid lockdown has come as a blessing in disguise, says VC of Amity
University. Retrieved from @businessline website:
https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/news/education/covid-lockdown-has-come-as-a-
blessing-in-disguise-says-vc-of-amity-university/article31422081.ece
107
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
COMPARISION OF IMAGE DENOISING USING WAVELET TRANSFORM AND WAVELET

PACKET TRANSFORM
Ridhima Nehra1* , Rojin Joseph2 , Aparna Vyas3

1,2,3
Manav Rachna University, Department of Mathematics, Faridabad, Haryana, India.
Abstract
In today’s modern world, science and technology plays an important role in making our lives faster, better
and more fun. In this technological world, visual information transferred in the form of images. Image
plays an important role in our social and economic life. As the received image consist noises they should
have to be processed before using it for applications. Different denoising techniques are introduced to
remove noise from an image like wavelet transform, wavelet packet transform and so on. In this paper we
provide that wavelet packet transform is a much better technique than wavelet transform for denoising an
image.
Keywords: Image denoising, Wavelet Transform, Wavelet Packets and Wavelet Packet Transform.
INTRODUCTION
Science and technology in today’s world have an important role to play in enhancing and improving our
lifestlye. Visual knowledge in the form of photographs is conveyed in this technical environment. Image
denoising is one of the standard digitization problems and has been studied in various electronic imaging
applications for almost a half hundred years due to their significant role as a pre-processing process. The
search for efficient methods to denoise images remains a valid challenge. Although the newly proposed
methods are sophisticated, most algorithms still have not achieved a desired level of applicability. Both
demonstrate outstanding results when the models conform to the expectations of the algorithm but usually
struggle and delete fine image structures or generate artifacts.
There is no modern understanding of wavelets. The idea for a superposition of functions had existed since
the beginning of 1800. When Joseph Fourier1discovered that he could superimpose the functions of sine
and cosine, as well as his frequency analysis theories, now known as Fourier ’s synthesis, it started to
exist in 1807[17]. Although the Fourier transform was important part of the transformed signal process
in the late 1950s, there were major gains in the fields of deroulation, compression and classification, a
more recent transformation known as the wavelet transformation.
Wavelets were first mentioned in 1909 in the doctoral thesis of A. Haar [12],which is now known as Haar
wavelets family. By using the Haar basis function, Paul Levy a physicist found a type of radiation signal
called Brownian motion in 1930’s [9]. By 1980’s two researchers Grossman and Morlet a physicist and
an engineer provides a way for thinking about wavelets based on physical intuition and also defined
wavelets in the context of quantum physics [23].
In 1985 Stephane Mallet made a further breakthrough with his work in dig-ital signal processing. The
relations between orthonormal wavelet bases of the pyramidal algorithm are pheasant. Out of that the
first non-trivial wavelet was built by Y. Meyer. Daubechies is considered as the backbone of today’s
wavelet applications.
108
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
Wavelet packets can be regarded as an idea with general application, which can produce the arbitrary
resolution of wavelet tree decomposition. In 1992 coifman and Wickerhauser introduced the
mathematical work on the wavelet packet[5].
The most modern scientists are aiming at creation and transforming a set of basic functions into what
gives an informative, effective and helpful described function or signal. The work of Donoho,
Johnstone and Coifman[6] has also shown why wavelet analysis is so versatile and powerful and
generalization has been carried out still further. They showed that exceptional wavelet systems are
developed by adaptive means for particular signals and signal classes. They also have certain inherent
general advantages and are ideal for a broad range of difficulties.
In this paper, we summarize the concepts of wavelet theory in Section 2 as for image denoising prospects
and in section 3, we summarize the concepts of image processing concepts. In section 4, we provided
block diagram of image denoinsing using wavelet transfrom and wavelet packet transfrom and also
provided the experimental results. Further, we provided comparative study of image denoising using
wavelet transfrom and wavelet packet transfrom and shown that wavelet packet transform provides better
results than wavelet transform.
WAVELETS
As a mathematical function wavelets are localized functions which are very useful tool in many
applications: cutup data, signals or images into different frequency components or for the compression
of images and digital signal. They analyse each frequency components with a resolution matched to its
scale. The main feature of wavelets is their natural splitting of objects into diverse scale components. It
is a basis function that can be isolated with frequency. It has some time domain and some frequency
domain. It makes it possible to construct an analysing function by translation in time and dilation in
scale.
Time domain has only full time resolution and frequency domain has only full frequency resolution
whereas wavelet domain has both time and frequency resolution. Examples of wavelets: Haar wavelet,
Shannon wavelet, Journ ́e wavelet, Doubechies wavelet.
WAVELET TRANSFORM
The wavelet transform is capable of providing information regarding time and the frequency
simultaneously, that is, giving a time frequency representation of a signal. Most of the researchers
prefer wavelet transform instead of other transforms, like Short Time Fourier Transform, because it gives
a constant resolution at all times, whereas Wavelet transform gives variable resolutions: high frequency
resolution at low frequencies and high time resolution at high frequencies.
Usually noises occurs in image by different ways and is not easy to remove. Many method and techniques
have been developed to overcome noise in an image. Among this wavelet transform is the most useful
one. The invention of wavelet transforms by the late 1980s has led to many changes and progress in the
field of image denoising.
The Continuous Wavelet Transform compares a signal with shifted and scaled (stretched or shrunked)
copies of a basic wavelet. This transform is the sum of the signal over time multiplied by the wavelet
109
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
functions in a scaled and shifted version. It allows us to fully display a signal by continuously changing
translation and scale parameters. It provides us with a time frequency of a signal which provides very
good location of time and frequency. The mathematical representation of continuous wavelet transform is:
∞
D(q,p) = ∫−∞ m(s) ψ(q, p)(s) z(s)
and
1 𝑠−𝑝
ψ(q,p) = 𝜓( )
√𝑞 𝑞
here, q=scale, p=shift or translation, m(s)=signal in time domain, D(p,q)= wavelet coefficients, ψ is a
continuous function both in the time domain and frequency domain (mother wavelet).
The Discrete Wavelet Transform is the basic method in many areas of analysis for discrete signals and
image processing. It offers information on the frequency and location of the analyzed signal, a key
advantage of time resolution over other transformations. The discrete transformation of the wavelets
effectively breaks down a signal into a sequence of mutually orthogonal wavelet bases. The mathematical
representation of discrete fourier transform is,
∞ j
DWT (g)(m,n) = |a0 |j/2 ∫−∞ f(x) ψ(a0 x – kb0 ) dx
Where, a0, b0𝜖 ℝ, a0≠ 0, j,k 𝜖 ℤ
WAVELET PACKET TRANSFORM
”Wavelet packets” are the linear combination of wavelets or in other words Wavelet packet
transform is a subset of wavelet transform. The discrete-time signal is allowed to pass through more and
more filters than discrete wavelet transform in wavelet packet transform. In the 1990s, Coifman and
Wickerhauser first proposed wavelet packets. The discrete wavelet transform provides time-frequency
localization. It doesn’t provide any information in the high-frequency region with low resolution or
images with smaller scale wavelet coefficients. This problem leads to difficulty in differentiating high
frequency transient components. This problem causes difficulties in differentiating transient components
of high frequency. In order to overcome this problem wavelet packet transform can be used. It
decomposes and gives the complete information of the signal on the high-frequency region or at each
level.
NOISES
During transmission or acquisition an image or a signal will be corrupted by various factors which
effects as noises. Noises in images are unavoidable. The performance of visuals and computerized
analysis can be decreased by these noisy effects. Some other factors which allow noise to enter in a
data or signal are imperfect instruments, material unexpected interfering of natural phenomena, or during
the time of storage. Some common noises encountered in images are: Impulse noise, Gaussian Noise,
Speckle Noise, Poisson Noise. The images captured on mobile cameras or by digital cameras will get
noise from different sources.
110
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
Salt and Pepper Noise
”Salt and Pepper” noise is commonly known as impulse noise. This noise form is most frequently seen in
digital imagery and happens as imagery are sent and received. They are always independent. For a Salt
and Pepper noise the entire image pixels are not noisy, distribution affects only some pixels and the
remaining pixels will be noise free. In salt and pepper noise the noisy pixels look like as black and
white spots in images. It has only 2 values. The noisy pixel either takes salt value 225or pepper noise 0.
In random value, noise can take any value from 0 to 225. In both cases the noisy pixels are randomly
distributed over the image.
Gaussian Noise
Digital images also cause Gaussian noise when acquired. This type of noise generally disturbs the grey
value in digital images. Statistical noise is equal to normal distribution with a probability distribution
function. If Gaussian Noise is applied to each section of the image a certain amount of noise is
introduced and every pixel from their original image is modified. Gaussian probability density function
is,
(𝑥−𝜇)^2
1
FG (w) = √2𝜋𝜎 𝑒 − 2𝜎^2
where, σ=standard deviation ,x=grey level , μ=mean value.
PSNR and MSE
”Mean Square Error” (MSE) is the average error square. Error differentiates the desired picture from
the estimated picture. It enables the best estimator to be chosen and is good image quality measurement
statistical method. It is ideal to have a zero (0) mid square error. If the MSE value is lower, errors are
less. The MSE formula is the following:
1
MSE= 𝑅×𝑇 ∑𝑅,𝑇[f(o, p) − g(o, p)]
where, f(o,p) is initial image, g(o,p) is denoised image, and R and T are number of rows and columns.
The ”Peak Signal-to-Noise” (PSNR) ratio is defined as a ratio of maximum possible signal strength and
distorted noise power. PSNR is typically articulated in decibel scale of logarithmic function. To measure
the quality of reconstructed image from original image, PSNR is widely used tool. The PSNR value will
change by noise, in other words if the PSNR value decreases. PSNR is measured in decibels
numbers. If the value of the PSNR is higher, the picture denotes better quality. The following is the
PSNR calculation of the peak error:
𝑟2 𝑟
PSNR= 10log10 (𝑀𝑆𝐸 ) = 20log20 (𝑀𝑆𝐸 )
where, r is the highest number of pixels in input image.
Since the PSNR equation uses MSE only when there is less error, the PSNR equation will only be high.
The PSNR is the most used benchmark measure that best evaluates any denotation system.
111
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
Block Diagram
The block diagram, that is, the basic layout of denoising an image in wavelets theory is shown below:
Fig. 1: Block diagram.
EXPERIMENTS AND RESULTS
For comparing Wavelet transform and Wavelet Packet transform we took an image and denoise it. An
image is denoised using Wavelet transform and wavelet packet transform, separately. Firstly, the Salt and
Pepper noise has been applied to the image and the PSNR and MSE values have been calculated. Then,
taking the same thresholding value and thresholding method, eight different wavelet families (e.g.
Haar, Daubechies, Coiflet, Shannon wavelets,etc.) has been applied to the image. Lastly, the image is
denoised and the PSNR and MSE values are noted as shown below.
112
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
113
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
Fig. 2: Comparison of image denoising using wavelet transform and wavelet packet transforms on the
basis of MSE and PSNR of each experimental image.
CONCLUSION
This paper is about the comparison of image denoising using wavelet transform and wavelet packet
transform. The experimental results show that the wavelet packet transform is better than the wavelet
transform for denoising an image. Salt and Pepper noise of the same value has been applied to the image
and then undergone image denoising techniques using Matlab. On the basis of, PSNR and MSE values
noted in the above table, it became evident that Wavelet packet Transform is much better than Wavelet
Transform for denoising an image.
REFRENCES
1. Bhawna (2015). Performance analysis of filter based techniques for image

denoising. International journal of computer science and technology (IJCST).
2. Charde, (2013). A Review on Image Denoising Using Wavelet Transform And Median Filter
Over AWGN Channel.
3. Chui, (2016). An introduction to wavelets. Elsevier.
4. Chun-Lin,(2010). A tutorial of the wavelet transforms. NTUEE, Taiwan.
5. Coifman et al.,(1992). Wavelet analysis and signal processing. In In Wavelets and their
applications.
6. Donoho et al.,(1995). D. Pic ard. Wavelet shrinkage: asymptopia. J. Roy. Statistical Soc., Series
B, 57, 301-369.
7. Donoho, (1995). De-noising by soft-thresholding. IEEE transactions on information
theory, 41(3), 613-627.
8. Frazier, (2006). An introduction to wavelets through linear algebra. Springer Science & Business
Media.
9. Gao and Yan,( 2011), Wavelets: Theory and Applications for Manufacturing, Springer US.
10. Graps,(1995). An introduction to wavelets. IEEE computational science and engineering, 2(2),
50-61.
11. Grossmann and Morlet, (1984). Decomposition of Hardy functions into square integrable
wavelets of constant shape. SIAM journal on mathematical analysis, 15(4), 723-736.
12. Haar,(1910). On the theory of orthogonal function systems. Mathematische Annalen, 69(3), 331-
371.
13. Hernández and Weiss, (1996). A first course on wavelets. CRC press.
14. Meyer, (1992). Wavelets and Operators: Volume 1 (Vol. 37). Cambridge university press.
15. Munkres,(2014), Topology James Munkres Second Edition.
16. Om and Biswas, (2012). An improved image denoising method based on wavelet thresholding.
17. Pisano and Capecchi, (2009). «La théorie analytique de la chaleur»: Notes on Fourier et
Lamé. Bulletin de la Sabix. Société des amis de la Bibliothèque et de l'Histoire de l'École
polytechnique, (44), 87-93.
18. Rangarajan et al., (2002). Image denoising using wavelets. Wavelet and Time Frequencies, 14.
19. Rudin, (2006). Real and complex analysis. Tata McGraw-hill education.
114
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
20. Ruikar and Doye, (2010, September). Image denoising using wavelet transform. In 2010
International Conference on Mechanical and Electrical Technology (pp. 509-515). IEEE.
21. Van Fleet, (2011). Discrete wavelet transformations: An elementary approach with applications.
John Wiley & Sons.
22. Vyas and Paik, (2016). Review of the Application of Wavelet Theory to Image Processing. IEIE
Transactions on Smart Processing & Computing, 5(6), 403-417.
115
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
A LITERATURE REVIEW OF LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS: BASED ON CASE
Ruchi Gupta1* , Harendra Kumar Jindal2, Sarvesh3, Raj Kumar4, Chhavi Baliyan5,
1-5
Manav Rachna University, Depatment of Mathematics,Faridabad,India
Abstract
The determination of this report is an attempt to get an insight into linear programming in resolving the optimal
combination of various products. It is an influential optimization technique and a significant field in the areas
of science, engineering, and business. Although it has an irresistible amount of real-life application the linear
programming technique is still to obtain the preferred level of appreciation and recognition. The usual public
does not appear to empathize and the worth of the impact of linear programming and its constituents' study to
enhance the decision- making process.
Keywords: Linear Programming Problem, Optimization Technique, Decision-Making and Modeling.
INTRODUCTION
Linear programming is a technique to attain the finest conclusion (for example highest profit or lowest cost).
In an arithmetic model whose conditions are portrayed by the linear relationship. It is an appropriate case of
mathematical programming. It is a simple technique where we interpret multiple relationships through linear
function and then spot the optimum points. The persuasion for the necessity of the linear programming
occurred during the wartime because they needed ways to settle many complex planning problems. The
simplex method which is used to determine linear programming was evolved by George B.Dantzig in 1947.
He was the one who did a lot of work on linear programming. During world war II he was operating in the
pentagon with the military than one of his friends confronted him and demanded to hasten up the organization
operation. The discovery of the simplex method was an explanation. Linear programming is an influential
implement to solve many problems that arise in different areas of the outside world. The Simplex method is a
universal technique of elucidating] the most linear programming since the 1940s. It is fundamentally used
when the variables are in a large number. Many approaches that aim to crack the mathematical problems, but
the simplex method has proved to be the most actual linear program which is used to articulate a real-world
problem into a mathematical model. It comprises of numerous terminologies that are expressed below:
1.Decision Variable: Decision variables are the ones that determine the output. It contributes to the crucial
result. To confront any problem, we first require distinguishing the decision variable.
2.Objective Function: It is described as the objective of creating a decision.
3.Constraints: The constraints are the restrictions on the decision variable. They bound the value of the
decision variable.
4.Non -negative restriction: To solve all the linear problems the decision variable should take non- negative
values for all the time which implies that the value of the decision variable should be greater than or equal to
0.We have outlined the procedure to express the linear programming problem along these lines:
1. Recognize the decision variable.
2. Pen down the objective function.
3. Declare the constraints.
4. Overtly state the non-negative limitation.
The mandatory condition for a problem to be a linear programming problem is that the decision variables,
objective function, and constraints have to be linear functions.
This paper adds to the analysis of numerous usages of linear programming in real life obstructions. A various
number of applications of linear programming are chosen from the former fictions and are reviewed to get an
appropriate vision centered on many real-life problems. Some illustrations are discussed based on the
application of optimization techniques.
116
OBJECTIVES OF STUDY
The intention of conducting this study is as follows:

To concentrate on the efficiency of linear programming in resolving the optimal combination of various
products.
Case 1
The first case is selected from the paper called “Some Applications of Simplex Method “proposed by (Divya
K.Nadar). This study discusses the importance of the simplex method and its application. The simplex
method has played a crucial part throughout many years in dealing with real-world problems and however
the simplex method is still improving to get the desired optimum solution. Even though several other
methods have been established over the years for answering LP problems, but the simplex method endures
being the most effective and accepted method for solving common LP problems. In this study, the author has
discussed the analysis and interpretation of applications of the simplex method.Some conclusions can be
depicted like The Dantzig’s Simplex method can be adjusted to the forming process to investigate the
optimization of some sand casting parameters for the best results. According to this method, it is estimated
that it is dependable for elucidating the least rate stream with fuzzy parameters in which the outcome of the
initial dual feasible solution appears to be a frivolous job. Through the simplex method, we can obtain the
optimal point in a polyhedron that outspreads into the deleterious domain. Thus, the necessity to spread the
extent of the LP problem to fetch the entire polyhedron into the positive domain is eradicated.
Case 2
This case is taken from the paper titled “Using the Simplex Method to Solve Linear Programming
Maximization Problems” by (J. Reeb and S. Leavengood). Linear programming, or LP, is a technique of
reserves in an optimal methodology. It is one of the majorly used operations research (OR) tools. In this
perspective, it implies to a formation method that distributes supplies—labor, materials, machines, and
capital—in the finest possible (optimal) way such that costs are minimized, or profits are maximized. The
simplex method was operated to explain a maximization problem with constraints of the form of < (less than
or equal to).
It has been used magnificently as a conclusion making support in nearly all industries and financial and
service organizations. In this framework, it indicates a development method that assigns resources—labor,
materials, machines, and capital and is ensured that it works in the best achievable(optimal) manner such that
costs are lessened, and profits are expanded.
Case 3
Another case is taken from the research paper titled “Effect of Seven Steps Approach on Simplex Method to
Optimize the Mathematical Manipulation” by (Mohammad Rashid Hussain, Mohammed Qayyum,
Mohammad Equebal Hussain). According to this study, the Simplex method is the most general and effective
manner for working out the linear programs. In this study, a systematic methodology is used to solve LPP
with some different methods named "key element rule" also known as seven steps process and it is still in the
procedure and is used extensively. In this paper, the author has projected a modern system that is named as
seven processes in LPP for the simplex, BIG- M, and two-phase methods to achieve a result with complexity
decrease. As a result of this process, we can get the desired outcome in a limited period. They have concisely
performed seven steps that are used in the simplex method. They have used the simplex method for carrying
out maximization problems with different constraints like ≤, ≥ and = constraints. In this paper, we discovered
the application of LPP in the economy which is working as an economic tool for understanding investigation
to decrease the intricacy over calculation using presented simplex algorithm.
Case 4
This case is selected from the paper called “Application of Linear Programming for Optimal Use of Raw
Materials in Bakery” by Akpan, N. P.& Iwok, I.A. Department of Mathematics/Statistics University of Port
Harcourt Nigeria. The progress of linear programming has been graded amid the most imperative methodical
encroachments of the mid-20th century. This composition applied the notion of the Simplex algorithm. It is
used as a facet of linear programming to assign unprocessed items to challenge variables (big loaf, giant loaf,
117
and small loaf) in the bakery for the objective of profit growth. The purpose of this investigation was to use
linear programming for the ideal depletion of raw material in bread production. At present, it is a universal
means that has averted rational dimension in the various manufacturing countries of the planet. Sometimes
many production companies encounter many difficulties in how to exploit the obtainable reserves to
maximize profit. The function of linear programming generated an appropriate measurable methodology of
decision-making, but it has not been wholly applied.
Case 5
Linear programming is an eminent aspect of operational research which is been studied and is developing
quickly and is a widely used and mature approach. There are many real-life problems in operation research
which can be articulated as linear programming problems. This case is taken from the paper titled
“Achieving Optimal Solution of Linear Programming Based on Mobile Agent Technology” by Guo - Feng
Ma1, Jun-hong Yang, Ping- Chuan Zhang. Linear programming has a lot of engineering applications and
one of them has been introduced in this study. This paper presented the third dispersed calculation
technology that is Mobile Agent to the linear programming problems, proposed the algorithm in a short
period complexity related to the conventional method. This study talked about a new method which is a
blend of linear programming problems and the AGENT a new technology was introduced called the AGENT
technology.
Case 6
Another case and the last one is taken from the paper called “Optimization Research of Generation Investment”
based on the Linear Programming Model by Juan WU1, Xueqian GE. This paper is purely based on the linear
programming model where they have used optimized decision making to stimulate and analyze. Conferring to
this study, Linear Programming is a subdivision of operational research, and mainly a mathematical approach
has become the decision foundation of the manufacturing, marketing, bank loans, stock quotes, taxi fees, co-
ordinate transportation, telephone charges, computer access, and so hot practical problems. In general, linear
programming is a method of deciphering the maximum or minimum values under linear constraints. We have
three elements of linear programming which are been discussed namely decision variable, constraints, and
objective function. This paper has proposed a new language called GAMS.GAMS is a progressive stimulation
and optimization language and it is composed of many complex languages like linear programming LP, non-
linear programming, etc. This paper talks about the optimized simulation models and they have worked on
how to decide the established ability and to achieve the optimal technique and economic outcome and are used
to analyze the speculation of power plant and the optimal design of power plant operation was made. We can
conclude here by saying that the applications of GMAS not only solve the linear programming problems, but
they can also change the machine dialogue and make it work accordingly and achieves satisfactory results with
the decision-makers.
CONCLUSION
Linear Programming (LP) is a meticulous sort of procedure operated for economic distribution of ‘scarce’ or
‘limited’ resources, such as labor, kinds of stuff, instruments, period, warehouse space, capital, power, etc. to
some contending happenings, for instance, manufactured goods, amenities, occupations, latest equipment,
projects, etc. based on certain measures of optimally. The locution “scarce resources” signifies resources that
are limited in accessibility throughout the development period. The norm of optimality usually is either
implementation, yield on investment, profit, cost, utility, time, distance, etc. Our paper has made an effort to
review a few instances from the prevailing literature of linear programming. This study has selected several
purposes of linear programming and has studied distinct cases on the application of optimization techniques
in business, irrespective of economic condition, and many more. It was spotted that a prodigious amount of
real-world problems is resolved beyond the use of optimization techniques and some software is used to
achieve satisfying results. In the end, we would conclude that linear programming should be espoused in all
the workable real-world problems to accomplish the finest decision making and to improve the proficiency
118
of any sort and advanced decision- making capacity will head up to the principal purpose that is revenue
intensification of any field by using the optimal research.
REFERENCES
• Divya K.Nadar 2016, “Some Applications of Simplex Method”, International Journal of Engineering
Research and Reviews” ISSN 2348-697X (Online) Vol. 4, Issue 1, pp: (60-63),
• J. Reeb and S. Leavengood 1998, “Using the Simplex Method to Solve Linear Programming
Maximization Problems”, EM 8720-E
• Mohammad Rashid Hussain, Mohammed Qayyum, Mohammad Equebal Hussain 2019, “Effect of
Seven Steps Approach on Simplex Method to Optimize the Mathematical Manipulation”,
International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE) ISSN: 2277-3878, Volume-7
Issue-5
• Akpan, N. P.& Iwok, I.A 2016., “Application of Linear Programming for Optimal Use of Raw
Materials in Bakery”, International Journal of Mathematics and Statistics Invention (IJMSI), E-
ISSN: 2321 – 4767 P-ISSN: 2321 - 4759 www.ijmsi.org Volume 4 Issue 8 PP-51-57
• Guo-feng Ma, Jun-hong Yang, Ping-chuan Zhang 2012, “Achieving Optimal Solution of Linear
Programming Based on Mobile Agent Technology” 2012 International Conference on Applied
Physics and Industrial Engineering, Physics Procedia 24 () 1364 – 1368
• Juan WU1, Xueqian GE2 2012, “Optimization Research of Generation Investment Based on Linear
Programming Model” 2012 International Conference on Applied Physics and Industrial Engineering
Physics Procedia 24 (2012) 1400 – 1405 1875-3892 © 2011 Published by Elsevier B.V. Selection
and/or peer-review under responsibility of ICAPIE Organization Committee. doi:
10.1016/j.phpro.2012.02.208 Available online at www.sciencedirect.com Physics Procedia Physics
• Corné van Dooren 2018, “A Review of the Use of Linear Programming to Optimize Diets,
Nutritiously, Economically and Environmentally” published 21 june 2018,
doi:10.3389/fnut.2018.00048.
• Irina M. Sokolinskaya, Leonid Sokolinsky 2017, “On the Solution of Linear Programming Problems
in the Age of Big Data, from book Parallel Computational Technologies: 11th International
Conference, PCT 2017, Kazan, Russia, April 3–7, 2017, Revised Selected Papers (pp.86-100)
• Chung, W 2015.: Applying large-scale linear programming in business analytics. In: Proceedings of
the 2015 IEEE International Conference on Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management
(IEEM), pp. 1860-1864. IEEE (2015)
• Gondzio, J. et al 2014.: Solving large-scale optimization problems related to Bells Theorem. Journal
of Computational and Applied Mathematics, vol. 263, pp. 392-404. (2014)
119
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
SCIENCES-II
INVESTIGATION OF RESISTANCE SPOT WELDABILITY OF TITANIUM ALLOY

WITH ALUMINUM ALLOY
Burak Şentürken1, Assoc. Prof. Rukiye Ertan2*

1
Coşkunöz Holding Company, Organize Sanayi Bölgesi, Sarı Cadde, 16140 Bursa/Turkey
2
Department of Automotive Engineering, Engineering Faculty, Bursa Uludağ University, Görükle
16059 Bursa, Turkey
ABSTRACT
Commercially pure titanium (CP-Ti) is of great importance at least as much as an aluminum alloy in many
industrial applications because of low density, biologically compatible properties, and high corrosion
resistance. However, the weldability of CP-Ti is poor, especially with different metal alloys. In this study, the
weldability of ASTM Grade 2 commercially pure titanium sheet alloy with 5754 aluminum alloy was
investigated related to the welding parameters. Resistance spot welding has been used as a welding method
since it has an important place in the automotive. The weld nugget diameter and tensile-shear test results of
the welded samples were examined, and the mechanical properties were compared. As a result of the tests, it
was seen that the welding current has a significant effect on the weldability and mechanical properties of the
titanium-aluminum alloy welding joints. When the welding current increased from 6 kA to 16 kA, the weld
nugget diameter 29% increased. But, more increase in welding current did not affect the nugget diameter. The
expulsion was observed along the edge of the nugget region on the titanium side in specimens in the case of
high welding currents. The maximum tensile-shear load of the resistance spot welded joints was observed in
the specimen welded with 14 kA welding current.
Keywords: Commercialy pure titanium; Aluminum alloy; Resistance spot welding; Nugget diameter;
Mechanical properties
INTRODUCTION
Titanium alloys are important materials that are used in many fields such as biomedical, aerospace, automotive,
defense, marine and chemical industries. They are widely used in structural parts of aircraft, especially in parts
exposed to high temperatures such as engines, implants and prostheses thanks to its biocompatibility. In many
jet engines, titanium-based alloys make up 20% to 30% of the net weight. In addition, the low density of
titanium alloys, high corrosion resistance, low thermal conductivity, resistance at high temperatures, high
strength, low elasticity module, long service life and competitive properties with composite structures.
However, demand in the energy needs of the automotive industry has increased sharply, and great efforts made
for lighter vehicle designs to improve fuel economy, reduce air pollution, and higher performance. The studies
120
related to light-weighting generally include material improvement. In the frame of material improvement, the
use of light metal alloys such as aluminum alloys, magnesium alloys, titanium alloys, or polymer-based
materials have an important place (Wang et al., 2015; Kaya and Kahraman, 2011). However, joining these
materials has always been an important problem for manufacturers.
Electric resistance welding and friction stir spot welding are the most commonly used methods for joining
different metals in the automotive industry. Application areas are limited due to some problems occurring in
the process of friction stir spot welding (Che et al., 2018). Fusion welding methods are the most preferred
techniques for joining materials because of their high strength and their ease of application for complex designs
(Pereira et al., 2010). Resistance spot welding (RSW) is a process in which metal sheets are assembled as lap
joints and clamped together by two water-cooled electrodes. Unfortunately, this technique shows a significant
drawback when it is applied to dissimilar materials because of the inherent discrepancies in electrical, thermal,
and mechanical properties between the two materials. In the literature, there is a limited number of studies
about the welding parameters effect on the mechanical properties of the dissimilar welded sheets (Sun et al.,
2004; Satonaka et al., 2006; Qiu et al., 2009). In most of these studies, welding was performed by using an
interlayer between the materials or cover plate to improve metallurgical reaction and decrease residual stress.
This study aims to investigate the weldability of resistance spot welded CP-Ti alloy to 5754 aluminum alloy
sheets related to the welding parameters without using interlayer. Tensile-shear tests, and welding nugget
diameter were used to analyze the mechanical properties of the spot welded joints.
EXPERIMENTAL
In this study, 1 mm thick CP-Ti (Ti-Gr2), and A5754 aluminum alloy sheets were used as the materials to be
welded. Chemical compositions, and mechanical properties of these materials are given in Table 1, and Table
2, respectively.
Table 1. The chemical composition of Ti-Gr2 and A5754 (wt.%).

Materials C Mn Si Al Cr Ti Mg Fe Cu O
Ti-Gr2 0.1 99.2 0.3 0.25
A5754 0.35 0.21 95.4 0.03 0.15 2.8 0.4 0.05
Table 2. The mechanical properties of Ti-Gr2 and A5754 alloys.

Yield Strength Tensile strength Elongation Vickers microhardness
Materials
(MPa) (MPa) (%) (HV0.5)
Ti-Gr2 278 344 20 155
A5754 195 225 12 90
The welding process was carried out using a 400 kVA MFDC water-cooled resistance spot welding machine.
Zirconium alloyed electrodes with a tip diameter of 8 mm were used for dissimilar welding. Before welding,
121
all specimens were polished with sandpapers and then washed with acetone to remove oxides and dirt on the
surfaces. The resistance spot welding parameters include the welding current, 200 ms welding time, 3 bar
electrode force, and the experimental conditions are shown in Table 3.
Table 3. Welding parameters used in this study.

Specimens
Welding parameters
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7
Welding current (kA) 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
In this study, to investigate the mechanical performance of the spot welds tensile-shear tests were performed.
Tensile-shear tests were performed at ZWICK universal tensile test machine with a load capacity of 150 kN
under a cross-head velocity 1 mm/min at room temperature. Dimensions of the tensile-shear test specimen are
given in Figure 1.
CP-Ti A5754
Figure 1. Dimensions of tensile-shear specimen welded by RSW (mm).
Nugget diameter
Figure 2 shows the effect of the welding current on the weld nugget diameter. The heat generation at the
welding interface is effected primarily from the welding current and nugget diameter increased with welding
current increasing until 12 kA. At low current values, there was no significant change in the nugget diameter,
while it was increased after 8 kA. When the welding current increased from 8 kA to 12 kA, the weld nugget
diameter 29% increased. But, more increase welding current did not affect the nugget diameter. Amount of
melted nugget is a function of welding heat input. By increasing weld current produced heat increases which
in turn, increase the diameter of nugget.
122
8,5
8 8
8
7,5
Nugget diameter (mm)

7,5
6,9
7 6,8
6,5 6,2 6,2
5,5
5
6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Welding current (kA)
Figure 2. Nugget diameters of the Ti-Gr2 alloy- A5754 alloy joints welded under different welding currents.
Tensile-shear Tests
Tensile-shear tests were performed to evaluate the mechanical properties of the joints. Fracture appearance
after the tensile-shear test and expulsion formation at the faying surface between Ti-Gr2 alloy- A5754 alloy
joints with different welding currents were given in Figure 3. It is seen that two types of fracture were observed
in the samples after the tensile-shear test. Interfacial shear type fracture occurred in the specimens when the
welding current was 8 kA, and 10 kA given in Fig. 3. With the current increase to 12 kA, 14 kA, 16 kA, and
18 kA, fracture mode changed and occurred in pullout failure. In the pullout failure mode, material separation
occurred on the aluminum side in all specimens of the joints. The dissimilar physical and thermal properties
of the aluminum and titanium resulted in non-uniform thermal distributions and formation of weld pools at
different times, crack formation under cooling due to mismatch of thermal expansion coefficients and
generation of internal residual stresses (Pardal, 2016). Welding current increase leading to a high current
density passing through the weld nugget zone increased non-uniform thermal distributions and severe
expulsion at the interface between the sheets. In the nugget region, especially on the titanium side, expulsion
123
along the edge is observed. There was no expulsion on the weld nugget surface at 8 kA and 10 kA, when the
welding current increased burning formation was increased along the edge of the weld nugget.
Figure 3. Fracture appearance after the tensile-shear test and expulsion formation at the faying surface
between Ti-Gr2 alloy- A5754 alloy joints with different welding currents.
Fig. 4 shows tensile-shear test results of the Ti-Gr2 alloy- A5754 alloy joints variations with welding current.
Tensile-shear strength increases rapidly with increasing current density. Higher welding current values were
caused molten metal expulsion (as shown in Fig. 3) and lower mechanical strength properties. Because
overheat the base metal was resulted in deep indentations in the parts and rapid deterioration of the electrodes.
In the tensile-shear test, S1 and S2 samples were separated from their interfaces during insertion. The low
welding current caused the heat required for penetration at the interface to not occur. The maximum tensile-
shear strength was obtained from 14 kA welding current.
75 70,7
62,8 64,2
65 61,6
Tensile strength (MPa)
55 52,4
45
35
25 20,7
15
8
5
6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Welding current (kA)
Figure 4. Tensile-shear test results of the Ti-Gr2 alloy- A5754 alloy joints welded under different welding
currents.
124
CONCLUSIONS
In this study, the dissimilar welding between Ti-Gr2 and A5754 alloys sheets was carried out by resistance
spot welding under different welding currents. From this investigation, the following conclusions were
derived:
- The welding nugget diameter increased with welding current until 12 kA. However, the increase in welding
current after 12 kA did not affect the nugget diameter.
- Tensile-shear test results show that, the increase of welding current increased the maximum tensile-shear
strength. However, if the welding current was 14 kA, compared to 16 kA, and 18 kA showed higher
strength in welded joints.
- The fracture type and expulsion formation at the interface between the sheets varied depending on the
welding current. Interfacial shear type fracture occurred in the specimens when the welding current was 6
kA and 8 kA, and fracture mode changed with welding current increase. The material separation in nugget
zone occurred on the aluminum side in all specimens of the joints.
REFERENCES
Che Y, Wang L, Sun D, Li H, Geng W 2018. Microstructures and Mechanical Properties of Resistance Spot-
Welded Steel/Aluminum Alloy Joints with Process, Journal of Materials Engineering and Performance,
27: 5532–5544.
Pardal GNR 2016. Joining of steel to aluminium and stainless steel to titanium for engineering applications,
Cranfield University, School of Aerospace, Welding Engineering and Laser Processing Centre,
Cranfield,UK, PhD Theses.
Kaya Y, Kahraman N 2011. Titanyum sacların nokta direnç kaynağı ile birleştirilmesinde kaynak
parametrelerinin çekirdek oluşumuna etkisi. Journal of Polytechnic, 14: 263-270.
Pereira AM, Ferreira JM, Loureiro A, Costa JDM Bártolo PJ 2010. Effect of process parameters on the strength
of resistance spot welds in 6082-T6 aluminium alloy. Materials and Design, 31: 2454–2463.
Qiu R, Iwamoto C, Satonaka S 2009. Interfacial Microstructure and Strength of Steel/Al Alloy Joints Welded
by RSW with Cover Plate. Journal of Materials Processing Technology, 209: 4186-4193.
Satonaka S, Iwamoto C, Qui R, Fujioka T 2006. Trends and new applications of spot welding for aluminium
alloy sheets. Welding International, 20: 858-864.
Sun X, Stephens EV, Khaleel MA, Shao H, Kimchi M 2004. Resistance Spot Welding of Aluminum Alloy to
Steel, with Transition Material-From Process to Performance. Welding Journal, 83: 188-195.
Wang SQ, Patel VK, Bhole SD, Wenc GD, Chen DL 2015. Microstructure and mechanical properties of
ultrasonic spot welded Al/Ti alloy joints. Materials and Design, 78: 33–41.
125
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
A NEW FILTER FOR SAFE VIEW OF SOLAR ECLIPSE
Siddhant
Assistant Professor, Department of Botany, Durgesh Nandini Degree College, Ayodhya (U.P.) India
Abstract
Looking directly at the sun can lead to permanent eye injury due to damage of light-sensitive rod and
cone cells within the retina. There are two ways to look at the Sun safely: by observing the sun
directly through a suitable filter, or by projecting the Sun’s reflection onto a piece of paper via
handmade pinhole camera/ telescope. The present correspondence shows the specification for the
development of an optical instrument for the direct observation of sun. For this device, commonly
available solar control glass plates can be used. The design of this filter is based on the fact that both
visible and UV radiation comply with the law of Reflection and Refraction of light. As light rays
appeared on the glass plate, most of the rays pass through the glass after refraction. A portion of the
incident ray is mirrored and goes out to the next glass panel, where the same thing is going to happen.
Through this way, multiple glass plates reflect the light ray before diffuse light is received. Owing to
the fact that diffuse reflection is responsible for the ability to see most illuminated objects, we will be
able to see the dull image of sun directly through this filter during the solar eclipse.
Key Words: Solar filter, Solar Eclipse, Diffuse Light, sun light controlling glass
INTRODUCTION
Eclipse of the sun occurs as the new moon passes between earth and the sun. If the moon occupies the
whole disk of the sun, there is a complete eclipse of the sun with the corona. In the eclipse, the
moon’s shadow is cast on the earth and travels more than 1,000 miles per hour across the earth
surface. Direct solar observations during the eclipse will result solar retinopathy (Chou,1997). The
clinical condition is also known as photomaculopathy, eclipse retinopathy and foveomacular retinitis.
Solar retinopathy symptoms typically occur within 1 to 4 hour after exposure and include decreased
vision, metamorphopsia, micropsia, and central or paracentral scotomata (Afaq et al., 2007;
Baisakhiya et al., 2013). Chromatopsia and photophobia can also be present in patients (Yannuzzi et
al., 1987). There are two ways to look at the Sun safely: by observing the sun directly through a
suitable filter, or by projecting the Sun’s reflection onto a piece of paper via handmade pinhole
camera/ telescope. With the exception of pinhole camera, solar filters and telescope are beyond the
reach of people from small towns and cities. The present correspondence suggests the specification
for the development of direct observation optical instrument that is not only cheap but easy to build at
home with solar control glass plates.
This optical system uses the solar control glass plates. These plates are cut into the small rectangular
pieces with the dimensions of 5cm x3 cm. Each glass plate is arranged on the card board as shown in
Figure.1(B) so that each may reflect the incident rays at right angle. The glass plates are also fixed on
the card board at right angle with the help of clamps. Few cardboard plates are also fixed on the base
as shown in the Figure.2 to minimize the interference of rays. It should be in mind when arranging the
plates, the shiny /mirrored face of plate should be towards incident side.
126
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
(A) (B)
Figure:1 (A) Solar control glass showing different faces (B) Arrangement of glass plates in cardboard box
(The number of glass plates shown is for presentation purposes only)
RESULT AND DISCUSSION

Mechanism of the filter:
The detailed mechanism of the filter is shown in the Figure.2. The design of the proposed
filter is based on the fact that both visible and UV radiation comply with the law of
Reflection and Refraction of light. As Sunlight incident on the first glass plate, most of the
rays pass through the glass after refraction. A portion of the incident ray is mirrored at right
angle and goes out to the second glass panel where a large portion of light is refracted again.
After reflection from the second plate, the light rays incident on the next glass plate where the
same thing is going to happen. Through this way, multiple glass plates refract and reflect the
light ray before diffuse light is received. Owing to the fact that diffuse reflection is
responsible for the ability to see most illuminated objects, we will be able to see the dull
image of sun directly through this filter during the solar eclipse.
CONCLUSION
This is new solar filter to view the solar eclipse efficiently. Further research on the proposed solar
filter is needed to improve its function.
REFERENCES
1. Afaq A, Zia-ul-Haque M, Sharif-ul-Hassan K 2007. Solar Retinopathy. Pakistan Journal of
Ophthalmology, 23(3):161-164.
2. Baisakhiya S, Chaudhry M, Manjhi P, Babber M, Mehta C 2013.Acute Solar
Retinopathy. Delhi Journal of Ophthalmology, 23(4): 285-287.
3. Chou BR 1997. Eye Safety During Solar Eclipses - Myths and Realities. In: Mouradian Z,
Stavinschi M (eds), Theoretical and Observational Problems Related to Solar Eclipses.
Dordrecht: Springer, pp. 243-247.
4. Yannuzzi LA, Fisher YL, Krueger A, Slakter J, 1987. Solar retinopathy: A
photobiological and geophysical analysis. Transactions of the American
Ophthalmological Society, 85: 120–158.
127
TOKYO SUMMIT, 2020
Figure 2. Mechanism of new solar filter (The number of glass plates shown is for presentation
purposes only)
128
INTERNATIONAL TOKYO CONFERENCE ON INNOVATIVE STUDIES OF CONTEMPORARY TOKYO SUMMIT,
SCIENCES-II 2020
ON FUZZY CONTRA PRE-γ-CONTINUOUS MAPPINGS IN FUZZY TOPOLOGICAL SPACES
Dr. C. Sivashanmugaraja
Periyar Govt. Arts College, Assistant Professor of Mathematics,
Department of Mathematics, Cuddalore, Tamil Nadu, India
Abstract
In fuzzy topology and its related fields of mathematics, a fuzzy continuous map is a function between two
fuzzy topological spaces. A fuzzy mapping is continuous specifically if its pre images of open fuzzy sets are
again open fuzzy sets. On the other hand, a fuzzy mapping is contra continuous, if its pre images of open
fuzzy sets are closed fuzzy sets. In this study, we introduce notions of fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous
mappings, fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous mappings in fuzzy topological spaces via pre-γ-open fuzzy
sets. We investigate properties and relationships between fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous mappings and fuzzy
almost contra pre-γ-continuous mappings.
Keywords: Fuzzy topology, fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous map, fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous map,
fuzzy pre-γ-open fuzzy sets.
INTRODUCTION
Zadeh [17] introduced the notion of fuzzy sets in his classical paper. As a generalization of topological spaces,
the notion of fuzzy topological spaces was initiated and investigated by Chang [2]. In the recent papers, many
topologists had focused their research in the direction of analyzing various types of generalized continuity.
Dontchev [3] introduced a new type of mappings called contra-continuity mappings in general topology.
Kasahara [7] defined the notion of an operation γ on a topological space in 1979. In general topology, Ogata
[8] introduced the notion of γ-open sets which are weaker than open sets. The fuzzy operation γ and fuzzy γ-
open sets were introduced by Kalita and Das [6]. The notion of pre-γ-open sets and pre-γ-open mappings in
topological spaces were introduced by Hariwan Z. Ibrahim [4, 5]. Recently Sivashanmugaraja and Vadivel
[15] defined and discussed about pre-γ-open fuzzy sets in fuzzy topological spaces. This paper is devoted to
introduce and investigate a new class of mappings called fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous and fuzzy almost contra
pre-γ-continuous mappings. We study some fundamental properties and theorems about them. Further, we
investigate relationships between fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous and fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous
mappings.
PRELIMINARIES
Throughout this paper (X, τX), (Y, τY) and (Z, τ Z) (or simply X, Y and Z ) always mean a fuzzy topological
spaces (fts, for short). The interior, the closure and the complement of a fuzzy set λ in I X are denoted by int(λ),
cl(λ) and λc respectively. By 0 and 1, we mean the constant fuzzy sets taking on the values 0 and 1
respectively. Now we recall some important related definitions.
Definition 2.1. [6] Let (X, τ X ) be a fuzzy topological space. A fuzzy operation γ on the topology τX is a
mapping from τ into set IX such that λ ⊆ γ(λ), ∀ λ ∈ τX, where γ(λ) denotes the value of γ at λ.
Definition 2.2. [6] A fuzzy set λ of a fts (X, τX) is called a fuzzy γ-open, if ∀ pxλ q λ, ∃ a µ ∈ τ and pxλ q µ
such that γ(µ) ≤ λ. τγ denotes the set of all γ-open fuzzy sets. Clearly we have τγ ⊆ τ X .
Definition 2.3. A fuzzy set λ of a fuzzy topological space X is called
(i) fuzzy pre-γ-open [15], if λ ≤ τγ-int(cl(λ)).

(ii) fuzzy pre-γ-closed [12] iff its complement is fuzzy pre-γ-open.
(iii) fuzzy regular open [1], if λ = int(cl(λ)).
The family of all pre-γ-open and pre-γ-closed fuzzy sets are denoted by FP γ O(X) and FP γ C(X)
respectively.
129
SCIENCES-II 2020
Definition 2.4. [12] Let λ be a fuzzy set in a fts X. Then the pre-γ-interior of λ is defined as pintγ(λ) =
∨{µ : µ ≤ λ, µ ∈ FP γ O(τ)} and pre-γ-closure of λ is defined as pclγ(λ) = ∧{µ : µ ≥ λ, µ ∈ FP γ C(τ )}.
Definition 2.5. A mapping f : (X, τX) → (Y, τY) is called
(i) fuzzy continuous [2], if f −1(µ) is an open fuzzy set of X, for each open fuzzy set µ of Y.
(ii) fuzzy pre-γ-continuous [14], if f −1(λ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X, for each open
fuzzy set λ in Y.
(iii) fuzzy weakly pre-γ-continuous [14], if f −1(µ) ≤ pintγ (f −1(pclγ(µ))), for each open
fuzzy set µ in Y.
(iv) fuzzy pre-γ-irresolute [14], if f −1(λ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set of X, for each pre-γ-open
fuzzy set λ of Y.
(v) fuzzy pre ∗ - γ -open [11], if the image of each pre-γ-open fuzzy set of X is pre-γ-open
fuzzy set in Y.
Definition 2.6. [9] Let λ be a fuzzy set of a fts (X, τX). Then the kernel of λ is given by ker (λ) =
∧{η ∈ τ : λ ≤ η}.
Lemma 2.1. [9] For any two fuzzy sets λ and µ of a fts (X, τ), the following statements are holds :
(i) x ∈ ker (λ) iff λ∧η ≠ φ, for any closed fuzzy set η of X containing x;
(ii) If λ is open fuzzy set in X and λ ≤ ker (λ), then λ = ker (λ);
(iii) If λ ≤ µ, then ker (λ) ≤ ker (µ).
Definition 2.7. A fuzzy topological space (X, τ X ) is called
(i) fuzzy pre-γ-connected [10] if it has no proper pre-γ-clopen.

(ii) fuzzy pre-γ-compact [10] if each pre-γ-open covering of X contains a finite sub collection that
also covers X.
(iii) fuzzy pre-γ-T1 [13], if for each pair of fuzzy singletons p0 and p1 with different
supports x0 and x1 , there exists a pre-γ-open fuzzy sets λ and µ such that p0 ≤ λ ≤
p1 c and p1 ≤ µ ≤ p0 c .
(iv) fuzzy pre-γ-Hausdorff or fuzzy pre-γ-𝑇2 [13] iff each pair of fuzzy singletons p0 and
p1 with different supports x0 and x1 , there exists a pre-γ-open fuzzy sets λ and µ such
that p0 ≤ λ ≤ p1 c and p1 ≤ µ ≤ p0 c and λ ≤ µ.
(v) fuzzy ultra normal [16] if for each pair of disjoint closed fuzzy subsets µ1 and µ2 of
(X, τ), there exist disjoint clopen sets λ1 and λ2 such that µ1 ≤ λ1 and µ2 ≤ λ2 .
(vi) fuzzy pre-γ2 -normal [13] for each pair of closed fuzzy subsets µ1 and µ2 such that
µ1 ∧ µ2= 0, there exist pre-γ-open sets λ1 and λ2 such that µ1 ≤ λ1 and µ2 ≤ λ2 and
λ1 ∧ λ2 = 0.
FUZZY CONTRA PRE-γ-CONTINUOUS MAPPINGS
Definition 3.1. Let (X, τX) and (Y, τY) be two fuzzy topological spaces and γ be a fuzzy operation on τX.
A mapping f : (X, τX) → (Y, τY) is said to be fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, if f−1(λ) is pre-γ-closed fuzzy set
in X, ∀ open fuzzy set λ of Y.
Theorem 3.1. For a mapping f : (X, τ X ) → (Y, τY), the following statements are equivalent:
(i) f is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous;

(ii) for every fuzzy singleton xβ in X and every closed fuzzy subset µ of Y containing f(xβ), there
exists a pre-γ-open fuzzy set λ in X such that xβ ∈ λ and f(λ) ≤ µ;
(iii) f −1(µ) is a pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X, ∀ closed fuzzy set µ of Y ;
130
SCIENCES-II 2020
(iv) f(pclγ(λ)) ≤ ker(f(λ)), for each fuzzy set λ in X;

(v) pclγ(f −1(µ)) ≤ f −1(ker(µ)), for each fuzzy set µ in X;
Proof. (i) ⇒ (ii) Let xβ be any fuzzy singleton in X and µ be any closed fuzzy set of Y containing f(xβ). Then
xβ ∈ f −1(µ). Since f is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, we obtain f−1(Y \ µ) is pre-γ-closed fuzzy set in X and
thus f−1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set of X containing x β. Take λ = f−1(µ), then xβ ∈ λ and f(λ) ≤µ.
(ii) ⇒ (iii) Let µ be any closed fuzzy set of Y and any fuzzy singleton xβ ∈ f−1(µ). So f(xβ) ≤ µ.
Therefore by hypothesis, there exists a pre-γ-open fuzzy subset λ containing xβ such that f(λ) ≤ µ, this
implies that, xβ ∈ λ ≤ f−1(µ). Thus, f −1(µ) = ∨{λ : xβ ∈ f−1(µ)} which is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X. Hence f
is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
(iii) ⇒ (iv) Let λ be any fuzzy set of X and any fuzzy singleton yβ in ker(f(λ)). Then by Lemma 2.1.,
there exists a closed fuzzy set µ of Y containing yβ such that f(λ) ∧ µ ≠ φ. Thus, λ ∧ f−1(µ) = φ and
pclγ(λ)∧f−1(µ) = φ. Then f(pclγ(λ))∧µ = φ and yβ ∈ f(pclγ(λ)). Thus f(pclγ(λ)) ≤ ker(f(λ)).
(iv) ⇒ (v) Let µ be any fuzzy subset of Y. Then by hypothesis and Lemma 2.1., we obtain f(pclγ(f−1(µ))) ≤
ker(f(f −1(µ))) ≤ ker(µ). Hence pclγ(f −1(µ)) ≤ f−1(ker(µ)).
(v) ⇒ (i) Let λ be any open fuzzy subset of Y. Then by hypothesis and Lemma 2.1., pclγ(f−1(λ)) ≤
f−1(ker(λ)) = f−1(λ). So, f−1(λ) is pre-γ- closed fuzzy set in X. Thus f is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
Theorem 3.2. If a mapping f : (X, τ X) → (Y, τY) is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous and Y is fuzzy regular,
then f is fuzzy pre-γ-continuous.
Proof. Let xβ be any fuzzy singleton in X and λ1 be an open fuzzy set of Y containing f(xβ). Since Y is a
fuzzy regular space, then there exists an open fuzzy set λ2 of Y such that f(xβ) ∈ λ2 ≤ cl(λ2) ≤ λ1. But, if f is
fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, then there exists a pre-γ-open fuzzy set µ in X such that xβ ∈ µ and
f(µ) ≤ cl(λ2) ≤ λ1. Thus, f is fuzzy pre-γ-continuous.
Remark 3.1. The composition of two fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous mappings need not be fuzzy contra pre-
γ- continuous as shown in the following example.
Example 3.1. Let X=Y=Z={a, b, c} and let λ1, λ2, λ3, λ4 be the fuzzy sets of a fts X defined by
λ1(a) = 0.6, λ1(b) = 0.8, λ1(c) = 0.7;
λ2(a) = 0.4, λ2(b) = 0.5, λ2(c) = 0.3;
λ3(a) = 0.2, λ3(b) = 0.4, λ3(c) = 0.3;
λ4(a) = 0.5, λ4(b) = 0.6, λ4(c) = 0.7.
Let τX = {1, 0, λ1, λ2}, τY = {1, 0} and τZ = {1, 0, λ3, λ4}. Then clearly (X, τX), (Y, τY) and (Z, τ Z) are
fts. Define γ : τX → I X by γ(1) = 1, γ(0) = 0, γ(λ1) = λ1, γ(λ2) = 0.8 and also define γ : τY → I Y by
γ(1) = 1, γ(0) = 0. A mapping f1 : (X, τ X) → (Y, τY) defined as f(a) = b, f(b) = a, f(c) = c and also
f2 : (Y, τY ) → (Z, τ Z) be an identity mapping. Then, f1 and f2 are fuzzy pre-γ-continuous mappings but
(f2◦ f1) is not fuzzy pre-γ-continuous mapping. Since, λ4 is an open fuzzy set of (Z, τZ), but (f2◦ f1) (λ4) is not a
pre-γ-closed fuzzy set of X.
Theorem 3.3. For any two fuzzy mappings f1 : (X, τX) → (Y, τY) and f2 : (Y, τY) → (Z, τZ), the following
statements are hold:
(i) If f1 is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous and f2 is fuzzy continuous mappings, then the
composite map (f2◦ f1) is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
(ii) If f1 is fuzzy pre-γ-irresolute and f2 is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous mappings, then
the composite map (f2◦ f1) is fuzzy contra pre-γ- continuous.
Proof. (i) Let λ be an open fuzzy set in Z. Since f2 be a fuzzy continuous mapping, we obtain f2−1 (λ) is an
open fuzzy set in Y. By hypothesis f1 is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, then (f2◦ f1)−1(λ) is pre-γ-closed fuzzy
set in X. Thus (f2◦ f1) is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
(ii) Let λ be an open fuzzy set in Z. Since f2 be a fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, we obtain f2−1 (λ) is pre-γ-
closed fuzzy set in Y. By hypothesis f1 is pre-γ-irresolute, then (f2◦f1)−1(λ) is pre-γ-closed fuzzy set in X.
131
SCIENCES-II 2020
Thus, (f2◦f1) is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
Theorem 3.4. Let f1 : (X, τ X) → (Y, τY) be an onto fuzzy pre-γ-irresolute and fuzzy pre∗-γ-open mapping.
Then (f2◦f1) : (X, τ X ) → (Z, τ Z) is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous iff f2 is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
Proof. Necessity: Obvious from Theorem 3.3..
Sufficiency: Let (f2◦f1) : (X, τX) → (Z, τZ) be a fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous mapping and µ be closed fuzzy
set in Z. Then (f2◦f1)−1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X. Since f1 is an onto pre∗-γ-open mapping, we obtain
f2−1 (µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in Y. Hence f2 is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
Theorem 3.5. If f : (X, τ X) → (Y, τY) is an one-one closed and fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous mappings, and
is Y is fuzzy ultra normal, then X is fuzzy pre-γ2 -normal.
Proof. Let µ1 and µ2 be two disjoint closed fuzzy subsets of X. Since f is one-one closed, we obtain
f(µ1 ) and f(µ2 ) are two disjoint closed fuzzy subsets of Y. By hypothesis, Y is fuzzy ultra normal space, then
there exist two disjoint clopen sets λ1 and λ2 such that f(µ1 ) ≤ λ1 and f(µ2 ) ≤ λ2 . Thus, µ1 ≤ f −1 (λ1 ) and
µ2 ≤ f −1 (λ2 ). Since f is an one-one fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, f −1 (λ1 ) and f −1 (λ2 ) are two disjoint
pre-γ-open fuzzy sets of X. Hence, X is fuzzy pre-γ2 -normal.
Theorem 3.6. If f : (X, τX) → (Y, τY) is a fuzzy contra-pre-γ-continuous mapping and X is fuzzy pre-γ-
connected, then Y is not a fuzzy discrete space.
Proof. If possible assume that Y is a fuzzy discrete space and λ be any fuzzy subset of Y. Therefore λ is
open and closed fuzzy set in Y. By hypothesis f is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, then f−1(λ) is pre-γ-open
and pre-γ-closed fuzzy sets in X. This is a contradiction to fact that X is fuzzy pre-γ-connected. Thus, Y is
not fuzzy discrete space.
Theorem 3.7. If f : (X, τX) → (Y, τY) is a fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous mapping, then f is fuzzy weakly-
pre-γ-continuous.
Proof. Let xβ be any fuzzy singleton in X and λ be any open fuzzy set in X containing f(xβ). Therefore
cl(λ) is closed fuzzy set in Y. By hypothesis, f is fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous, then f−1(cl(λ)) is pre-γ-open
fuzzy set in X and containing x β. Take µ = f−1(cl(λ)), then f(µ) ≤ cl(λ). Thus, f is fuzzy weakly-pre-γ-
continuous.
Remark 3.2. The converse of the above Theorem 3.7., need not be true as shown in the following example.
Example 3.2. Let X=Y= {a, b, c} and λ1, λ2, λ3, λ4 be the fuzzy sets of a fts X defined by
λ1(a) = 0.2, λ1(b) = 0.4, λ1(c) = 0.3;
λ2(a) = 0.5, λ2(b) = 0.7, λ2(c) = 0.1;
λ3(a) = 0.2, λ3(b) = 0.4, λ3(c) = 0.1;
λ4(a) = 0.5, λ4(b) = 0.7, λ4(c) = 0.3.
Let τX = {1, 0, λ1, λ2, λ3, λ4}, τY = {1, 0, λ1}. Then clearly (X, τ X) and (Y, τY) are fts. Define γ : τX →
I X by γ(1) = 1, γ(0) = 0, γ(λ1) = cl(λ1), γ(λ2) = λ2, γ(λ3) = 0.8, γ(λ4) = λ4 and also define γ : τY → I Y by
γ(1) = 1, γ(0) = 0, γ(λ1) = cl(λ1). Let f1 : (X, τ X ) → (Y, τY) be a fuzzy identity mapping. Then, f is fuzzy
weakly pre-γ-continuous mapping but not fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous.
FUZZY ALMOST CONTRA PRE-γ-CONTINUOUS MAPPINGS
Definition 4.1. Let (X, τ X ) and (Y, τY) be two fuzzy topological spaces and γ be a fuzzy operation on τ X . A
mapping f : (X, τ X) → (Y, τY) is said to be fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous if f−1(µ) is pre-γ-closed
fuzzy set in X, for every fuzzy regular open set µ of Y.
132
SCIENCES-II 2020
Proposition 4.1. For a mapping f : (X, τX) → (Y, τY), then the following statements are equivalent
(i) f is fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous;

(ii) For every fuzzy singleton xβ in X and every open fuzzy set µ of Y containing f(xβ), there exists a
pre-γ-open fuzzy set λ in X such that xβ ∈ λ and f(λ) ≤ int(cl(µ)).
Theorem 4.1. A mapping f : (X, τ X ) → (Y, τY) is fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous iff for each fuzzy
singleton xβ in X and each regular open fuzzy set µ of Y containing f(xβ), there exists pre-γ-open fuzzy set λ
in X containing xβ such that f(λ) ≤ µ.
Proof. Necessity. Let µ be a regular open fuzzy set in Y containing f(xβ). Then xβ ∈ f−1(µ). Since f is fuzzy
almost contra pre-γ-continuous, we obtain f −1(µ) = λ is regular open fuzzy set of X containing xβ such that
f(λ) = f(f −1(µ)) ≤ µ.
Sufficiency. Let µ be a regular open fuzzy set in Y. To prove that f−1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X. Assume
that xβ ∈ f−1(µ). Therefore f(xβ) ∈ µ. By hypothesis, there exists pre-γ-open fuzzy set λ in X containing xβ
such that f(λ) ≤ µ. Thus, xβ ∈ λ ≤ f−1(f(λ)) ≤ f −1(µ). Therefore f−1(µ) = ∨{λ : xβ ∈ λ}is a pre-γ-open fuzzy
set of X. Hence, f is fuzzy almost pre-γ-continuous.
Theorem 4.2. For a mapping f : (X, τ X ) → (Y, τY), the following statements are equivalent:
(i) f is fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ-continuous;

(ii) f −1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X, for each regular closed fuzzy set µ of Y, for each fuzzy
singleton xβ in X and each regular closed fuzzy set µ of Y containing f(xβ), there exists a pre-γ-open
fuzzy set λ in X such that xβ ∈ λ and f(λ) ≤ µ;
(iii) for each fuzzy singleton xβ in X and each regular open fuzzy set λ of Y not containing f(xβ), there
exists
a pre-γ-closed fuzzy set µ of X not containing xβ such that f −1(λ) ≤ µ.
Proof. (i) ⇒ (ii) Let µ be any regular closed fuzzy set of Y. Therefore Y \ µ is regular open fuzzy set. By
hypothesis, f−1(Y \ µ) = X \ f−1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X. Hence, f−1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X.
(ii) ⇒ (i) Evident.
(ii) ⇒ (iii) Let µ be any regular closed fuzzy set of Y containing f(xβ). Then by hypothesis, f−1(µ) is pre-γ-
open fuzzy set in X and xβ ∈ f−1(µ). Take λ = f−1(µ), then f(λ) ≤ µ.
(iii) ⇒ (ii) Let µ be any regular closed fuzzy set of Y and xβ ∈ f−1(µ). By hypothesis, there exist pre-γ-open
fuzzy set λ in X such that xβ ∈ λ and f(λ) ≤ µ. Thus, xβ ∈ λ ≤ f−1(µ), which implies f−1(µ) = ∨{ λ : xβ ∈
f−1(µ)}. Hence, f−1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X.
(iii) ⇒ (i) Let λ be any regular open fuzzy set of Y non-containing f(xβ). Therefore Y \ λ is regular closed
fuzzy set of Y containing f(xβ). By (iii), there exists pre-γ-open fuzzy set η in X such that xβ ∈ η and f(η) ≤
Y \ λ. Then η ≤ f−1(Y \ λ) ≤ X \ f−1(λ) and thus f−1(λ) ≤ X \ η. Since η is pre-γ-open fuzzy set in X, we obtain
X \ η = µ is pre-γ-closed fuzzy set of X not containing xβ and f−1(λ) ≤ µ.
(i) ⇒ (iii) Evident.
Remark 4.1. The composition of two fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ-continuous mappings need not be fuzzy almost
contra-pre-γ-continuous as shown in the following example.
Example 4.1. Let X=Y=Z = {a, b, c} and λ1, λ2, λ3 be the fuzzy sets of a fts X defined by
λ1(a) = 0.2, λ1(b) = 0.6, λ1(c) = 0.5;
λ2(a) = 0.5, λ2(b) = 0.3, λ2(c) = 0.8; λ3 = 0.5.
Let τX = {1, 0, λ1, λ2, λ1 ∨ λ2, λ1 ∧ λ2}, τY = {1, 0} and τZ = {1, 0, λ3}. Then clearly (X, τX), (Y, τY) and
(Z, τ Z) are fts. Define γ : τX → I X by γ(1) = 1, γ(0) = 0, γ(λ1) = λ1, γ(λ2) = λ2, γ(λ1∧λ2) = cl(λ1 ∧ λ2),
γ(λ1 ∨ λ2) = λ1∨λ2 and also define γ : τY → I Y by γ(1) = 1, γ(0) = 0, γ(λ3) = λ3. A mapping f1 : (X, τ X) →
(Y, τY) and f2 : (Y, τY) → (Z, τ Z) are identity mappings. Then, f1 and f2 are fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-
continuous mappings but (f2◦ f1) is not fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous mapping. Since, λ3 is open
fuzzy set of Z, but (f2◦ f1) (λ3) is not in pre-γ-closed fuzzy set of X.
133
SCIENCES-II 2020
Theorem 4.3. For any two fuzzy mappings f1 : (X, τX) → (Y, τY) and f2 : (Y, τY) → (Z, τZ), the following
statements are hold:
(i) If f1 is an onto fuzzy pre∗-γ-open and (f2◦f1) : X → Z is fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ-

continuous, then f2 is fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ- continuous.
(ii) If f1 is an onto fuzzy pre∗-γ-closed and (f2◦f1) : X → Z is fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ-
continuous, then f2 is fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ- continuous.
Proof. (i) Let µ be regular closed fuzzy set of Z. By hypothesis, (f2◦ f1) is◦fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ-
continuous, then (f2◦f1)−1(µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set of X. Since, f is an onto pre∗-γ-open map, we obtain
f2−1 (µ) is pre-γ-open fuzzy set of Y. Hence, f2 is fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ-continuous.
(ii) Evident.
Theorem 4.4. If f: (X, τX) → (Y, τY) is an one-one fuzzy almost contra- pre-γ-continuous mapping and Y is
fuzzy weakly Hausdorff, then X is fuzzy pre-γ-T1.
Proof. Let xα and xβ be two fuzzy singletons in X with different supports. Since f is an one-one, then f(xα ) =
f(xβ ) and since Y is weakly Hausdorff, there exist two regular closed fuzzy sets λ and µ such that f(xα ) ∈ λ,
ƒ
f(xβ ) ∉ λ and f(xα ) ∉ µ, f(xβ ) ∈ µ. By hypothesis f is an fuzzy almost contra-pre-γ-continuous, then f−1(λ)
and f−1(µ ) are pre-γ-open fuzzy sets in X such that xα ∈ f−1(λ ), xβ ∉ f−1(λ) and xα ∉ f−1(µ), xβ ∈ f−1(µ) and
f−1(λ)∧f−1(µ) = φ. Thus X is pre-γ-T1.
Theorem 4.5. Let f : (X, τX ) → (Y, τY) is an onto fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous mapping. If X is
fuzzy pre-γ-connected, then Y is fuzzy connected.
Proof. If possible assume that Y is not a fuzzy connected space. Then there is a proper fuzzy subset λ in Y
which is both open and closed. Therefore λ is regular fuzzy set in Y which is both open and closed. Since f is
a onto fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous, f−1(λ) is a proper fuzzy set which is both pre-γ-closed and pre-
γ-open in X. Thus X is not a fuzzy pre-γ-connected, which is a contradiction. Thus Y is fuzzy connected.
Theorem 4.6. If f : (X, τ X ) → (Y, τY) is an one-one fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous mapping and Y is
fuzzy Urysohn space, then X is fuzzy pre-γ-T2.
Proof. Let xα and xβ be fuzzy singletons in X with different supports. Since f is an one-one, we have f(xα ) ≠
f(xβ ) in Y. By hypothesis Y is fuzzy Urysohn and thus there exist open fuzzy sets λ and η in Y such that f(xα )
∈ λ and f(xβ ) ∈ η and cl(λ) q cl(η). Since λ and η is open fuzzy sets, cl(λ) and cl(η) are regular closed fuzzy
sets in Y. f is fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous implies that there exists fuzzy pre-γ-open sets μ1 and μ2
in X containing xα and xβ respectively such that f(μ1 ) ≤ cl(λ) and f(μ2 ) ≤ cl(η). Since cl(λ) q cl(η), we obtain
f(μ1 ) q f(μ2 ) and hence μ1 q μ2 . This shows that X is fuzzy pre-γ-T2.
Theorem 4.7. If f : (X, τ X) → (Y, τY) is an one-one fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous and Y is fuzzy
weakly T2, then X is fuzzy pre-γ-T1.
Proof. Let xα and xβ be fuzzy singletons in X with different supports. Since f is an one-one, we obtain
f(xα ) ≠ f(xβ ) in Y. Since Y is fuzzy weakly T2, there exist regular closed fuzzy sets λ and μ in Y such that
f(xα ) ∈ λ, f(xβ ) ∉ λ, f(xα ) ∉ μ and f(xβ ) ∈ μ. Since f is fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuous, we obtain f−1(λ)
and f −1(μ) are fuzzy pre-γ-open sets in X such that xα ∈ f −1(λ), xβ ∉ f −1(λ), xα ∉ f −1(μ) and xβ ∈ f −1(μ). This
shows that X is fuzzy pre-γ-T1.
CONCLUSION
In this paper, we studied a new type of mappings called fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuity and fuzzy almost contra
134
SCIENCES-II 2020
pre-γ-continuity in fuzzy topological spaces. It is reported that every fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous mapping
is fuzzy weakly pre-γ-continuous, but the converse need not be true in general. Fuzzy contra pre-γ-continuous
mappings and fuzzy almost contra pre-γ-continuity are independent each other. Further, we speculate that
these mappings play a crucial role in computational fields of fuzzy topology and may have applications in parallel
circuit of electric networks in relative fields of electrical and electronics engineering.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I express my gratitude to organizing committee of the International Conference on Innovative Studies of

Contemporary Sciences (TOKYO SUMMIT II) for giving a great opportunity. I am also thankful to
unknown reviewers for giving useful suggestions.
REFERENCES
[1] Azad, KK., (1981). On fuzzy semi continuity, fuzzy almost continuity and fuzzy weakly continuity, J.
Math. Anal. Appl., 82: 14-32.
[2] Chang, CL., (1968). Fuzzy topological spaces, J. Math. Anal. Appl., 24: 182-189.
[3] Dontchev, J., (1996). Contra-continuous functions and strongly S-closed spaces, Int. J. Math. Math. Sci.,
19: 303-310.
[4] Ibrahim, HZ., (2013). Pre-γ- T1/2 and pre-γ-continuous, Journal of Advanced Studies in Topology, 4(2):
pp. 1-9.
[5] Ibrahim, HZ., (2012). Weak forms of γ -open sets and new separation axioms, Int. J. Sci. Eng. Res.,
3(4): pp. 1-4.
[6] Kalita, B., Das, NR., (2011). Some Aspects of Fuzzy operations, The Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics,
19(3): 531-540.
[7] Kasahara, S., (1978). Operation-Compact Spaces, Math Japonica, 1: pp. 97-105.
[8] Ogata, H., (1991). Operation on topological spaces and associated topology, Math. Jap., 36(1): 175-184.
[9] Salim Dawood Mohism (2002). Generalization of fuzzy contra-continuous functions in fuzzy topological
spaces ., Bull. malays. Math. Sci. Soc., 25(2): 115-128.
[10] Sivashanmugaraja, C., Fuzzy Pre-γ-Compact, Fuzzy Pre-γ-Connected and Fuzzy Pre-γ-Closed Spaces,
Communicated.
[11] Sivashanmugaraja, C., Fuzzy Pre∗-γ-Open and Fuzzy Pre∗-γ- Continuous Mappings in Fuzzy
Topological Spaces, Communicated.
[12] Sivashanmugaraja, C., More on Fuzzy Pre-γ-open and Fuzzy Pre-γ- generalized Closed Sets,
Communicated.
[13] Sivashanmugaraja, C., On Some Types of Pre-γ-Separation Axioms in Fuzzy Topological Spaces,
Communicated.
[14] Sivashanmugaraja, C., Operation Approaches on Fuzzy Pre-γ-Continuity and Fuzzy Weakly Pre-γ-
Continuity in Fuzzy Topological Spaces, Communicated.
[15] Sivashanmugaraja, C., Vadivel, A., (2017). Weak forms of fuzzy γ-open fuzzy sets, Global Journal of
Pure and Applied Mathematics, 13: 251– 261.
[16] Staum, R., (1974). The algebra of bounded continuous functions into a non archimedian field, Pacific J
Math, 50: 169-185.
[17] Zadeh LA (1965). Fuzzy sets, Information and Control, 8: 338– 353.
135
TOKYO SUMMIT
ISBN 978-625-7139-21-2

Tokyo Summit 2 Full Text Book Part 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tokyo Summit 2 Full Text Book Part 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TOKYO SUMMIT-2

2nd International Conference on

Dr. Dr. Froilan D. Mobo

The Book of Full Texts

All rights of this book belongs to Tokyo Summit.

August 17-19, 2020,

English, Japanese, Turkish

Oral Presentation / Virtual Presentation

August 17-19, 2020, Tokyo, JAPAN

August 18.2020- PRESENTATIONS

August 19.2020- PRESENTATIONS

Points to Take into Consideration - TECHNICAL INFORMATION

 Make sure your computer has a microphone and is working.

Tokyo Time MODERATOR - Dr. C. Sivashanmugaraja

Dr. C. Periyar Govt. Arts ON FUZZY CONTRA PRE-Γ-CONTINUOUS

Tokyo Time MODERATOR

Tokyo Time MODERATOR- Dr. Murat Alp

Dr. Aygun ACTUALIZATION OF PHRASEOLOGICAL UNITS IN

Azerbaijan National THE ROLE OF WELFARE PARTY IN THE

THE INTERPRETATION OF LINGUISTIC

Tokyo Time MODERATOR- Dr. Purnima

Doç.Dr.Neslihan TÜRKİYE’DE KURUMSAL SOSYAL SORUMLULUK

UNIVERSITY STUDENTS’ EXPERIENCES OF

Author & Title No

Kadir Öcalan 75-81

IMAGE PROCESSING USING MULTISCALE TRANSFORM: A REVIEW

Aparna Vyas1* and Ridhi Bhatnagar2

Keyword: wavelet transformation, image denoising, image compression, shearlet transformation.

Continuous Wavelet transformation: The continuous wavelet transformation (CWT) of a function

Application of wavelet in Image processing:

Figure 1: image denoising

Continuous shearlet system and continuous shearlet transformation:

Continuous shearlet transformation: Function 𝑓 ∈ 𝐿2 (ℝ2 ) corresponding to the continuous shearlet

Discrete shearlet system and discrete shearlet transformation

PLC VE SCADA KULLANILARAK BİR ORCİK ÜRETİM SİSTEMİNİN OTOMASYONU

Arş. Gör. Aybike Üstündağ1*, Doç. Dr. Çetin Gencer2

Anahtar kelimeler: PLC, SCADA, Orcik üretimi.

Keywords: PLC,SCADA, Orcik production.

OTOMASYON SİSTEMLERİNDE PLC KULLANIMI

ORCİĞİN YAPIM AŞAMALARI

Cevizlerin ipe dizilmesi

Şekil 1. Cevizlerin ipe dizilmesi [9]

Şekil 2. Bulamaç yapımı için hazırlanmış üzüm suyu [9]

Şekil 3. Bulamacın ateşte pişirilmesi [9]

İpe dizili cevizlerin bulamaca batırılması

Şekil 4. Orciğin güneşte kurumaya bırakılması [9]

ORCİK YAPIMININ OTOMASYON SÜRECİ

Şekil 5. Orcik makinesi otomasyon sisteminin PLC kodu

Orcik Yapımının SCADA benzetimi

Şekil 6. Ocağın yanması ve karıştırıcının çalıştırılması işlemi SCADA ekranı

Şekil 7. Kasnağın bulamaça batırılması işlemi SCADA ekranı

Şekil 8. Kasnağın bulamaçtan çıkarılması ve kurutucunun çalıştırılması işlemi SCADA ekranı

[2] Bayındır R, Kaplan O, Bayyiğit C, Sarıkaya Y, Hallaçlıoğlu M, 2011. PLC ve SCADA

[5] Gazi Üniversitesi Açık Erişim Sistemi, 2008. Erişim adresi:

[9] Hürriyet Haber, 2019. Erişim adresi: Erişim adresi: https://www.hurriyet.com.tr/lezizz/galeri-kis-

PYROLYSIS MODELING OF WASTE-DERIVED FUEL THROUGH COMBINED

Keywords: Pyrolysis, Fluidized bed, Simulation, Volatile gases, Tar.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

(a) (b) C H2(g) CH4(g)

Pyrolysis Yield (mol)

(a) H2 H2O CO (b) H2 H2O CO

Das B 2020. Effect of Temperature on Gasification Performance of Biomass in a Bubbling Fluidized

Gueret C, Daroux M, Billaud F 1997. Methane pyrolysis: thermodynamics. Chemical Engineering